TB04000002E 1000498846 Catalog

2016-10-06

: Pdf 1000498846-Catalog 1000498846-Catalog B5 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 134 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

February 2016

Contents

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage 31.0-1

Sheet 31

4 3

001

Adjustable Frequency

Drives—Low Voltage

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Application Guide

Motor Application and Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.0-2

AC Drive Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.0-2

AC Drive Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.0-3

Motor Load Types and Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.0-5

Motor Load Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.0-5

Drive Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.0-6

Selections Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.0-6

Harmonics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.0-7

PowerXL Series Drives

PowerXL DE1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.1-1

PowerXL DC1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.1-6

PowerXL DG1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.1-16

EGS Enclosed DG1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.1-28

EGF Passive Filtered DG1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.1-37

9000X Series Drives

SVX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.2-1

Enclosed SVX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.2-24

CFX Passive Filtered SVX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.2-41

CPX 18-Pulse SVX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.2-53

H-Max Drives

H-Max Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.3-1

H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.3-10

Specifications

See Eaton’s Product Specification Guide, available on CD or on the Web.

CSI Format: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1995 2010

Sections 16483A, Sections 26 29 23.11,

16483B, 26 29 23.13,

16483C, 26 29 23.16,

16483D 26 29 23.19

Adjustable Frequency Drives

31.0-2

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

Application Guide

002

Motor Application and

Performance

AFD Output Harmonics

For the purpose of performance

evaluation, the non-sinusoidal output

waveforms produced by AFDs are

represented by their mathematically

equivalent component parts. All

such waveforms consist of an infinite

number of sinusoidal components of

different amplitudes and frequencies.

The fundamental component is the

“good” part of the waveform, which

provides power to the motor at the

desired operating frequencies.

The harmonics are unwanted

components, which provide unusable

voltages and currents to the motor

at frequencies that are multiples of

the fundamental.

State-of-the-art designs for pulse

width modulated AFDs provide a sine

weighted modulation strategy with a

high switching frequency, and reduced

output harmonic content as compared

to other types of drives. A motor

operating on a PWM drive will have

an additional heat loss due to the

harmonic content as compared

to utility line operation.

PWM drives that are comprised of

IGBT (insulated gate bipolar transistor)

power devices are also capable of rapid

voltage rise times, which can stress the

insulation system of the AC motor.

For this reason, motors designed for

operation on IGBT PWM inverter power

incorporating insulation systems

rated for rapid voltage rise times and

higher operating temperatures are

recommended for use with the drives.

Standard motors with a 1.15 service fac-

tor or energy efficient motors can

be used provided that additional drive

output filtering is incorporated to limit

voltage rise times and to reduce the

output harmonic content.

Multiple Motor Operation

Any number of motors can be

connected in parallel and controlled

on an open loop (frequency control)

configuration by a single AFD as long

as the total connected load does not

exceed the rating of the drive. A closed

loop vector controlled drive cannot be

used with multiple motors. Although

the basic principles of multiple

motor operation are not difficult to

understand, Application Engineering

assistance should be requested to

make certain that the application

is successful.

Because the frequency of the power

supplied by the AFD is the same for

all motors, the motors will always

operate at relatively the same speed.

With NEMA design B motors, the

speeds will be matched within 3% or

less, depending on the load variation

among the motors and their rated slip.

Exact speed matching between motors

is not possible. If an adjustable speed

ratio is required between motors, each

motor must be connected to its own

individual AFD.

AC Drive Application

Matching the AFD to the Motor

Voltage source AFDs are designed

for use with any standard three-phase

induction motor. AFD sizing and motor

matching are often simply a matter

of matching the AFD output voltage,

frequency and current ratings to the

requirements of the motor. If the load

torque exceeds 150% for Constant

Torque (CT) drives or 110% for Variable

Torque (VT) drives during starting or

intermittently while running the drive,

oversizing may be required.

Output Voltage and Frequency

For AFDs rated at 480 V, motors

are connected for 460 V at 60 Hz.

380 V/50 Hz motors can also be used

because the V/Hz ratio, 380/50, is

7.6V/Hz, the same as a 460 V/60 Hz

motor. 415 V motors can be operated if

the AFD V/Hz adjustment is reset. With

proper V/Hz adjustment, 575 V motors

can be operated at constant V/Hz up to

80% speed and at constant voltage

from 80% to 100% speed. Maximum

motor

torque and hp for this mode of

operation

is limited above 80% speed

because of the reduced V/Hz levels. For

AFDs rated at 240 V, the motor will be

connected for 230 V.

Output Current

The full load current ratings of typical

AFDs are matched to typical full load

motor current ratings as listed in

National Electrical Code® Table 430.150.

Generally, an AFD of a given horse-

power rating will be adequate for a

motor of the same rating, but the

actual motor current required under

operating conditions is the determin-

ing factor for AFD sizing. If the motor

will be run at full load, the AFD output

current rating must be equal to or

greater than the motor nameplate

current. If the motor is oversized to

provide a wide speed range, the AFD

should be sized to provide the current

required by the motor at the maximum

operating torque. Motor oversizing

should generally be limited to one

horsepower size increase.

Motor Protection

Motor overload protection must be

provided as required by applicable

codes. Direct motor protection is not

automatically provided as part of the

AC drive.

AFDs are equipped with electronic

protection circuits with an inverse

time or I2t characteristic equivalent

to a conventional overload relay.

Conventional overload relays are also

used with AFDs equipped with bypass.

If these current sensing protective

devices are used with motors driving

constant torque loads, the minimum

speed should be adjusted to prevent

the motor from running at speeds at

which overheating could occur, unless

the I2t circuit provides a speed and

load calibrated trip. The best means

of AC drive motor protection is direct

winding overtemperature sensing,

such as an overtemperature switch

or thermistor imbedded in the motor

windings. Overtemperature switches

are more convenient because they can

normally be connected directly to the

AC drive control circuit. Thermistors

generally require a special sensing

relay. Direct overtemperature protection

is preferred over overcurrent sensing

protective devices because motor

overheating can occur with normal

operating current at low operating

speeds.

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.0-3

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

Application Guide

003

Motor short-circuit protection is not

required because the AC drive protec-

tion circuits nearly always adequately

protect the motor in this respect.

When a single AFD provides power to

multiple motors connected in parallel,

special considerations must be given

to motor protection. Individual over-

load protection must be provided for

each motor. Short-circuit protection

may be required for some applications.

Bearing and DV/DT Protection

The rapid voltage rise times present

in today’s IGBT PWM drives may

cause current to flow in the motor

bearings due to shaft voltage caused

by capacitive coupling. This current

flow can result in minute electrical

discharges within the bearing,

potentially damaging the bearing

over time. Therefore a DV/DT filter

should be used where the drive and

motor are separated by 100 feet or

more. Using an insulated motor

shaft bearing and/or setting the

inverter carrier frequency to the lowest

acceptable level can help minimize the

potential for this phenomenon as well.

AC Drive Performance

Operator Control and Interface

Operator controls are often via the

drive keypad. In other situations, an

operator station or remote control

may be desired. If these requirements

cannot be achieved by remotely

mounting the keypad, terminal

blocks with digital and analog

interface capability are provided.

Acceleration and Deceleration

AFDs are always equipped with adjust-

able acceleration and deceleration

control. Acceleration and deceleration

rates must be adjusted to suit the

characteristics of the load to prevent

shutdown due to overcurrent or over-

voltage. Increasing acceleration or

deceleration times will proportionally

decrease the torque requirement.

Speed Range

The characteristics of the motor

usually determine the speed range

of an AC drive. The AFD output

frequency range is usually wider

than the range that can be effectively

used by the motor.

Speed Regulation

The open loop speed regulation of an

AC drive is determined by the motor

slip. Because NEMA design B motors

usually have 3% slip or less, at 60 Hz

and rated load the speed regulation of

the drive is 3%.

AFDs equipped with slip compensa-

tion or flux or vector control can

provide speed regulation, which is

better than the open loop regulation

of the motor. Slip compensation and

flux or vector control improves speed

regulation by increasing and decreas-

ing the operating frequency by a

small amount as the load increases

and decreases.

Further improvement in steady-state

speed regulation can be obtained by

using a tachometer generator to

provide speed feedback to a closed

loop speed regulator option, or

an external device such as the

Durant® Strider.

Service Deviation

Speed regulation specifies only

that portion of the drive speed

change that is directly caused by

a change in load. Several other factors

can cause unintended changes in the

drive operating speed. These factors

contribute to the drive’s service

deviation. Table 31.0-1 lists some

of these factors and the typical effect

that they have on drive speed.

Table 31.0-1. Factors Affecting

Service Deviation

Current Limit

If an AC drive was not equipped with

current limit, the overcurrent trip circuits

would shut down the drive should the

motor draw excessive current due to

an overload or too rapid an acceleration

rate. Current limit provides a means of

maintaining control of the drive under

these conditions.

If the output current reaches the current

limit setting while the drive is running

at set speed, the drive will decelerate

to a lower speed. If possible, the speed

will decrease to whatever operating

speed is required to prevent exceeding

the current limit setting.

If the output current reaches the current

limit setting while the drive is acceler-

ating, the drive will deviate from the

programmed acceleration ramp and

accelerate at a rate that will prevent the

current from exceeding the set limit.

If the drive reaches the negative

current limit setting (if applicable)

while the drive is decelerating,

the drive will deviate from the

programmed deceleration ramp,

and decelerate at a rate that will

try to prevent the current from

exceeding the limit.

Regeneration Limit and Braking

Regeneration limit prevents the motor

from developing braking torque above

a limit that corresponds to the normal

losses that are inherent in the motor

and controller.

When the drive is equipped with

dynamic braking, the motor is allowed

to develop a higher level of braking

torque. The regenerated braking

energy is dissipated in the dynamic

braking resistors. A fully regenerative

drive includes circuitry that returns the

regenerated braking energy to the

power lines.

IR Compensation

A V/Hz AC drive can provide improved

starting torque and low speed overload

capability if the lower speed voltage

boost is changed automatically to

compensate for changing load

conditions. This feature is called IR

compensation. Without IR compensa-

tion, it is difficult to achieve the

maximum possible motor torque

because the voltage boost required

for maximum torque can cause the

motor to saturate and draw excessive

current when it is lightly loaded. The IR

compensation circuit senses the motor

load and reduces the voltage boost

when the motor is lightly loaded.

A flux control AC drive provides a similar

result by modifying its instantaneous

voltage and frequency to allow the

motor to develop the required torque

for the load.

Influencing

Factor

Typical Speed

Change

Line voltage variations

within rated tolerance.

0.0%

Ambient temperature

variations of controller within

rated tolerance after warmup.

0.25%

Motor temperature variations.

Cold to maximum operating

temperature.

0.5%

31.0-4

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

Application Guide

004

Installation Compatibility

The successful application of an

AC drive requires the assurance

that the drive will be compatible with

the environment in which it will be

installed. The following are some

of the aspects of compatibility that

should be considered.

Cooling Air

Even though AFDs are very efficient,

the heat produced in the controller

cabinet can be substantial. The

electronic circuitry is subject to

immediate failure if its operating

temperature limits are exceeded.

Junction temperatures of transistors,

SCRs and IGBTs typically can only

increase 20–25 °C from full load to

failure. It is important to remove heat

through the usual mechanisms of

radiation, conduction (heat sinks) or

convection (fans). The enclosure must

be located away from direct sunlight

and hot surfaces. The room tempera-

ture must be kept within the specified

limits and adequate cooling air must be

allowed to flow around the enclosure.

Excessively moist, corrosive or dirty

air must be prevented from entering

the enclosure.

Isolation Transformers

Drive isolation transformers are

sometimes recommended or

specified by others for various

reasons. Eaton does not require

the use of isolation transformers

because Eaton drives are designed

to operate directly from plant power

distribution systems without using

isolation transformers.

Eaton AFDs are designed to withstand

line voltage transients and noise

generated by other equipment in a

typical installation environment when

applied to systems with the required

minimum impedance levels. They are

also designed to prevent nuisance levels

of noise from being reflected back to

the power lines. Electronic protection

circuits fully protect the drives from

output short circuits and ground faults

regardless of available fault current

without requiring isolation or external

impedance. Isolation transformers

are generally not recommended as a

preventative or curative measure for

suspected difficulties of these types.

Example:

Suppose you wish to estimate AC

drive efficiency for a 50 hp drive on a

centrifugal pump. Efficiency is to be

estimated for operation at full speed and

70% speed. The motor is nameplated

94.5% NEMA nominal efficiency.

From the variable torque columns in

Table 31.0-2, the adjustment factors for

full speed operation range from 0.93 to

0.95 and the adjustment factors for

70% speed range from 0.874 to 0.895.

For 100% speed:

■Eff. = 94.5 x 0.93 = 87.9%

(low estimate)

■Eff. = 94.5 x 0.95 = 89.8%

(high estimate)

For 70% speed:

■Eff. = 94.5 x 0.874 = 82.6%

(low estimate)

■Eff. = 94.5 x 0.895 = 84.6%

(high estimate)

Power Factor

The power factor typically specified

for AFDs is displacement power factor,

which is defined as the cosine of the

angle between the fundamental voltage

and current. Many instruments used

for utility billing purposes give readings

equivalent to displacement power factor.

Another definition and measurement

method combines the effects of power

and harmonic content to define total

power factor. Newer utility instrumen-

tation is capable of recording total

power factor, resulting in potential

power factor penalty billing.

Displacement power factor for a PWM

drive is approximately 0.95 at all oper-

ating points. The displacement power

factor is not significantly affected by

the motor speed, the motor load or the

motor power factor. Total power factor

will vary with line voltage, utility feeder

size and total system and drive load.

Power factor correction capacitors

should not be connected at the AC

drive power input. Correction should

be done on a plantwide basis. If capac-

itors are located too close to the drive,

or if drives represent a high percentage

of the total plant electrical load, there

may be an undesirable interaction

between the capacitors and the drives,

leading to a failure of either or both.

Capacitor Banks

If the capacitors must be located near

the drive, a line reactor should be used

on the drive input to reduce the possi-

bility of interaction. Note that adding

this reactor does not eliminate the

potential for harmonic resonance.

To be assured of a solution that will

improve power factor and avoid

resonance, a system study must

be performed to determine the

optimum selection of capacitance

and inductive reactance.

Power factor correction capacitors

must never, under any circumstances,

be connected at the AC drive controller

output. They would serve no useful

purpose, and they may damage

the drive.

AC Drive Input Harmonics

AFDs use a rectifier to convert AC

line voltage to the DC levels required

by the inverter section. Rectifiers are

nonlinear devices that cause a current

to be drawn from the line, which

includes many harmonics. These

harmonic currents will cause harmonic

voltages to be created in the line, which

may affect sensitive devices on the

same line. IEEE 519-1992 provides

recommendations for the harmonic

current levels reflected to the utility

by any user, where the feeder ties into

the utility grid. For difficult installations

where the levels of IEEE 519 cannot be

met, or those using on-site generated

power, a “Clean Power” rectifier can

be used. The “Clean Power” rectifier

uses phase shifted semiconductors to

significantly reduce harmonics to levels

well within the IEEE guidelines. For

more specific information, see CPX

section on Page 31.2-53.

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.0-5

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

Application Guide

005

Motor Load Types and

Characteristics

Introduction

This section of your Application Guide

discusses the following topics on

motor load types and characteristics:

■Motor load types

■Other functional considerations

The process of selecting an electrical

adjustable speed drive is one where

the load is of primary consideration. It

is important to understand the speed

and torque characteristics as well as

horsepower requirements of the type

of load to be considered.

When considering load characteris-

tics, the following should be evalu-

ated:

■What type of load is associated

with the application?

■Does the load have a shock

component?

■What is the size of the load?

■Are large inertial loads involved?

■What are the motor considerations?

■Over what speed range are heavy

loads encountered?

■How fast is the load to be accelerated

or decelerated?

Motor loads are classified into three

main groups, depending on how

their torque and horsepower vary

with operating speed. The following

paragraphs deal with the various

motor load types usually found in

process, manufacturing, machining

and commercial applications.

Motor Load Types

Constant Torque Load

This type of load is frequently

encountered. In this group, the torque

demanded by the load is constant

throughout the speed range. The load

requires the same amount of torque at

low speeds as at high speeds. Loads of

this type are essentially friction loads.

In other words, the constant torque

characteristic is needed to overcome

friction. Figure 31.0-1 shows the

constant torque and variable

horsepower demanded by the load.

As seen in Figure 31.0-1, torque

remains constant while horsepower is

directly proportional to speed. A look

at the basic horsepower equation also

verifies this fact:

Torque x Speed

hp = –––––––––––––––––

5252

Where:

Torque is measured in lb-ft.

Speed is measured in rpm.

5252 is proportionality constant.

Figure 31.0-1. Constant Torque Load

Examples of this type of load are

conveyors, extruders and surface

winders. Constant torque capability

may also be used when shock loads,

overloads or high inertia loads require

special drive sizing.

Constant Horsepower Load

In this type of load, the horsepower

demanded by the load is constant over

the speed range. The load requires

high torque at low speeds. From the

previous formula, you can see that

with the horsepower held constant,

the torque will decrease as the speed

increases. Put another way, the speed

and torque are inversely proportional

to each other. Figure 31.0-2 shows the

constant horsepower and variable

torque demanded by the load.

Examples of this type of load are

center-driven winders and machine

tool spindles. A specific example of

this application would be a lathe that

requires slow speeds for rough cuts

where large amounts of material are

removed, and high speeds for fine cuts

where little material is removed. Usually

very high starting torques are required

for quick acceleration. Constant

horsepower range is usually limited

on an AC drive from base speed to 1.5–

2 times base speed.

Figure 31.0-2. Constant Horsepower Load

31.0-6

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

Application Guide

006

Variable Torque Load

With this type of load, the torque is

directly proportional to some mathe-

matical power of speed, usually speed

squared (Speed2). Mathematically:

Horsepower is typically proportional to

speed cubed (speed3). Figure 31.0-3

shows the variable torque and variable

horsepower demanded by the load.

Examples of loads that exhibit variable

load torque characteristics are centrifu-

gal fans, pumps and blowers. This type

of load requires much lower torque at

low speeds than at high speeds.

Figure 31.0-3. Variable Torque Load

Torque Constant

Operating

Speed

Nameplate

Speed

------------------------







Drive Selection

Introduction

This section discusses the following

topics on selecting the appropriate

drive:

■Selection considerations

■Selecting a drive for a machine

■Drive application questions

Selection Considerations

When selecting a drive and associated

equipment for an application, the

following points should be considered:

Environment

The environment in which the motor

and power conversion equipment

operates is of prime concern. Condi-

tions such as ambient temperature,

cooling air supply and the presence of

gas, moisture and dust should all be

considered when choosing a drive, its

enclosures and protective features.

Speed Range

The minimum and maximum motor

speeds for the application will

determine the drive’s base speed.

Speed Regulation

The allowable amount of speed

variation should be considered.

Does the application require

unvarying speed at all torque

values or will variations be tolerated?

Torque Requirements

The starting, peak and running torques

should be considered when selecting a

drive. Starting torque requirements

can vary from a small percentage of

the full load to a value several times

full load torque. The peak torque

varies because of a change in load

conditions or mechanical nature of the

machine. The motor torque available

to the driven machine must be more

than that required by the machine

from start to full speed. The greater the

excess torque, the more rapid the

acceleration potential.

Acceleration

The necessary acceleration time

should be considered. Acceleration

time is directly proportional to the total

inertia and inversely proportional to

the torque available.

Duty Cycle

Selecting the proper drive depends

on whether the load is steady, varies,

follows a repetitive cycle of variation

or has pulsating torques. The duty

cycle, which is defined as a fixed

repetitive load pattern over a given

period of time, is expressed as the

ratio of on-time to the cycle period.

When the operating cycle is such that

the drive operates at idle, or a reduced

load for more than 25% of the time, the

duty cycle becomes a factor in select-

ing the proper drive.

Heating

The temperature of a motor or

controller is a function of ventilation

and losses. Operating self-ventilated

motors at reduced speeds may cause

above normal temperature rises.

Derating or forced ventilation may be

necessary to achieve the rated motor

torque output at reduced speeds.

Drive Type

Does the application require perfor-

mance elements such as quick speed

response or torque control? These

may require the use of a flux vector

or closed loop vector drive, instead

of a volts per hertz drive.

Table 31.0-2. Drive Specifications

Description hp Range Current Harmonic

Distortion

Applications

M-Max

H-Max

SVX

1/4–10

10–600

3/4–800

35–40%

Micro drive

HVAC specific—6 pulse

General use—6 pulse

CFX

CPX

3/4–400

25–800

7–10%

General use with passive filters

18 pulse clean power

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.0-7

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

Application Guide

007

Harmonics

Clean Power Drives Overview

What are Harmonics?

Take a perfect wave with a fundamental frequency of 60 Hz,

which is close to what is supplied by the power company.

Figure 31.0-4. Perfect Wave

Add a second wave that is five times the fundamental frequency—

300 Hz (typical of frequency added to the line by a fluorescent light).

Figure 31.0-5. Second Wave

Combine the two waves. The result is a 60 Hz supply rich in

fifth harmonics.

Figure 31.0-6. Resulting Supply

What Causes Harmonics?

Harmonics are the result of non-linear loads that convert

AC line voltage to DC. Examples of equipment that are

non-linear loads are listed below:

■AC variable frequency drives

■DC drives

■Fluorescence lighting, computers, UPS systems

■Industrial washing machines, punch presses, welders, etc.

How Can Harmonics Due to VFDs Be Diminished?

By applying drives from the Eaton Clean Power drives family:

EGF and CFX passive filtered drives, HCX 12-pulse drives,

EGP and CPX 18-pulse drives, and RGX regenerative drives.

What are Linear Loads?

Linear loads are primarily devices that run across the line

and do not add harmonics. Motors are prime examples. The

downside to having large motor linear loads is that they

draw more energy than a VFD, because of their inability to

control motor speed. In most applications there is a turn

down valve used with the motor which will reduce the flow

of the material, without significantly reducing the load to the

motor. While this provides some measure of speed control,

it is extremely inefficient.

Why be Concerned About Harmonics?

1. Installation and utility costs increase. Harmonics

cause damage to transformers and lower efficiencies

due to the voltage drop. These losses can become

significant (from 16.6–21.6%) which can have a dramatic

effect on the HVAC systems that are controlling the

temperatures of the building where the transformer

and drive equipment reside.

2. Downtime and loss of productivity. Telephones and

data transmissions links may not be guaranteed to work

on the same power grids polluted with harmonics.

3. Downtime and nuisance trips of drives and other

equipment. Emergency generators have up to three

times the impedance that is found in a conventional

utility source. Thus the harmonic voltage can be up to

three times as large, causing risk of operation problems.

4. Larger motors must be used. Motors running

across the line that are connected on polluted power

distribution grids can overheat or operate at lower

efficiency due to harmonics.

5. Higher installation costs. Transformers and power

equipment must be oversized to accommodate the loss

of efficiencies. This is due to the harmonic currents

circulating through the distribution without performing

useful work.

f(x) = sin(x)

Volts

(v)

Time

(t)

f(x) = sin(5x)

Volts

(v)

Time

(t)

f(x) = sin(x) +

Volts

(v)

Time

(t)

sin(5x)

31.0-8

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

Application Guide

008

How Does a VFD Convert Three-Phase AC to a

Variable Output Voltage and Frequency?

The six-pulse VFD: The majority of all conventional drives

that are built consist of a six-pulse configuration. The figure

below

represents a six-diode rectifier design that converts

three-phase utility power to DC. The inverter section uses

IGBTs to convert

DC power to a simulated AC sine wave that

can vary in frequency from 0–400 Hz.

The six-pulse VFD drive creates harmonic current distortion.

The harmonic current that is created is energy that can not

be used by customers and causes external heat and losses

to all components including other drives that are on the

same power distribution. The figure is a 100 hp drive with

45 A of damaging harmonic current.

Figure 31.0-7. 100 hp Six-Diode Rectifier Design

Figure 31.0-8. 100 hp Six-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current

Table 31.0-3. Six-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current

Guidelines of Meeting IEEE Std. 519-2014

Harmonic Distortion Limits

The IEEE 519-2014 Specification is a standard that provides

guidelines for commercial and industrial users that are

implementing medium and low voltage equipment.

Table 31.0-4. Current Distortion Limits for Systems Rated

120 V through 69 kV

1Even harmonics are limited to 25% of the odd harmonic limits shown

in table above.

2Current distortions that result in a DC offset, e.g., half-wave converters,

are not allowed.

3All power generation equipment is limited to these values of current

distortion, regardless of actual Isc /IL.

where

Isc = maximum short-circuit current at PCC.

IL = maximum demand load current (fundamental frequency

component) at the PCC under normal load operating conditions.

1000

Current

Amps

500

–500

–1000

0.100 0.10625 0.1125

Time in Seconds

0.11875 0.125

1000

Current

Amps

500

–500

–1000

0.100 0.10625 0.1125

Time in Seconds

0.11875 0.125

Six-Pulse Circuit

Current Harmonics

I1 = 100% I11 = 6.10% I19 = 1.77%

I5 = 22.5% I13 = 4.06% I23 = 1.12%

I7 = 9.38% I17 = 2.26% I25 = 0.86%

Power = 100 hp

Harmonic current = 45 amps

Maximum Harmonic Current Distortion in percent of IL

Individual Harmonic Order (Odd Harmonics) 12

h < 11 11

h < 17 17

h < 23 23

h < 35 35

50 TDD

<20

4.0 2.0 1.5 0.6 0.3 5.0

20 <50 7.0 3.5 2.5 1.0 0.5 8.0

50 <100 10.0 4.5 4.0 1.5 0.7 12.0

100 <1000 12.0 5.5 5.0 2.0 1.0 15.0

>1000 15.0 7.0 6.0 2.5 1.4 20.0

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.0-9

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

Application Guide

009

Figure 31.0-9. One-Line Diagram for Harmonic Analysis

Terms

■PCC (Point of Common Coupling) is defined as the

electrical connecting point between the utility and

multiple customers per the specifications in IEEE 519

■POA (Point of Analysis) is defined as where the harmonic

calculations are taken

An oscilloscope can make all measurements at the PCC or

POA to do an on-site harmonic evaluation.

Harmonic Reduction Methods to Meet IEEE 519

1. Line Reactor

A line reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the line

side of an AFD. If a line reactor is applied on all AFDs, it is

possible to meet IEEE guidelines where 10–25% of system

loads are AFDs, depending on the stiffness of the line and

the value of line reactance. Line reactors are available in

various values of percent impedance, most typically 1–1.5%,

3% and 5%.

Note: The SVX/SPX drives come standard with a nominal 3% input

impedance.

Figure 31.0-10. Line Reactor

Advantages

■Low cost

■Can provide moderate reduction in voltage and

current harmonics

■Available in various values of percent impedance

■Provides increased input protection for AFD and its

semiconductors from line transients

Disadvantages

■May not reduce harmonic levels to below

IEEE 519-2014 guidelines

■Voltage drop due to IR loss

____Volts ____Volts

____Volts

____kVA

____Isc

____Impedance

PCC

Utility Side

Transformer

____Volts ____Volts

____Volts

____kVA

____Isc

____Impedance

Customer

Transformer

Customer

Generator

____Volts

____kVA

____Isc

____Impedance

Source A

Source B

Generator

Set

Motor

Total Linear Motor Loads

Total Non-Linear Drive Loads

____AMPS

Motor

The best way to estimate AFD harmonic contribution to an electrical system is to perform a harmonic analysis based on known

system characteristics. The one line in this figure would provide the data to complete the calculations.

AFD Motor

31.0-10

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

Application Guide

010

2. Passive Filters

Tuned harmonic filters involve the series connection of an

inductor with the shunt connection of an inductor and capac-

itor to form a low impedance path to ground for a specific

range of frequencies. This path presents an alternative to the

flow of harmonic currents back into the utility source.

Figure 31.0-11. 100 hp Enclosed 480 V Drive with Integrated

Passive Filter

Table 31.0-5. 100 hp Enclosed 480 V Drive with Integrated Passive Filter

Advantages

■Low cost for smaller horsepower applications

■More effective harmonic attenuation than

12-pulse drives

■Provides increased input protection for AFD from

line transients

Disadvantages

■Capacitors age over time, unlike magnetics

■Not as effective as 18-pulse drives

■Challenging to retrofit with bypass applications

Figure 31.0-12. Enclosed Drive with Integrated Passive Filter

200

Current

Amps

100

–100

–200

Time

Passive Filter

Current Harmonics

I1 = 100% I11 = 0.24% I19 = 0.50%

I5 = 3.76% I13 = 1.1% I23 = 0.55%

I7 = 1.65% I17 = 0.80% I25 = 0.80%

Power = 100 hp

Hc = 8.6 amps

Three-Phase

Input

AC Input

Reactor

L1A

L2A

L3A

Output Transistors

IGBT Section

Dynamic Braking

Transistor

6-Pulse Diode

Bridge Rectier

Converter Section

Shunt

Fusing

Tuned

Shunt

Reactor

Tuned

Harmonic

Capacitor

Inverter Section

(–) DC

(+) DC

Bus

Capacitors

Motor

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.0-11

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

Application Guide

011

3. 12-Pulse Converters

A 12-pulse converter incorporates two separate AFD input

semiconductor bridges, which are fed from 30º phase shifted

power sources with identical impedance. The sources may

be two isolation transformers, where one is a delta/wye

design (which provides the phase shift) and the second a

delta/delta design (which does not phase shift). The 12-pulse

arrangement allows the harmonics from the first converter

to cancel the harmonics of the second. Up to approximately

85% reduction of harmonic current and voltage distortion

may be achieved (over standard six-pulse converter). This

permits a facility to use a larger percentage of AFD loads

under IEEE 519-2014 guidelines than allowable using line

reactors or DC chokes. A harmonic analysis is required to

guarantee compliance with guidelines.

Figure 31.0-13. 100 hp 480 V Drive with 12-Pulse Rectifier

Table 31.0-6. 100 hp 480 V Drive with 12-Pulse Rectifier

Advantages

■Reasonable cost, although significantly more than

reactors or chokes

■Substantial reduction (up to approx. 85%) in voltage

and current harmonics

■Provides increased input protection for AFD and its

semiconductors from line transients

Disadvantages

■Impedance matching of phase shifted sources is critical

to performance

■Transformers often require separate mounting or larger

AFD enclosures

■May not reduce distribution harmonic levels to below

IEEE 519-2014 guidelines

■Cannot retrofit for most AFDs

Figure 31.0-14. Basic 12-Pulse Rectifier with “Phase-Shifting” Transformer

200

Current

Amps

100

–100

–200

Time

12-Pulse Circuit

Current Harmonics

I1 = 100% I11 = 4.19% I19 = 0.06%

I5 = 1.25% I13 = 2.95% I23 = 0.87%

I7 = 0.48% I17 = 0.21% I25 = 0.73%

Power = 100 hp

Hc = 20 amps

12-Pulse Diode

Bridge Rectier

Converter Section

Inverter Section

(+) DC

L1A

L2A

L3A

L1B

L2B

L3B

(-) DC

Dynamic Braking

Transistor

Output Transistors

IGBT Section

Motor

12-Pulse Diode

Bridge Rectier

Converter Section

12-Pulse

Phase-Shifting

Transformer

Bus

Capacitors

31.0-12

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

Application Guide

012

4. 18-Pulse Converters

When the total load is comprised of non-linear load such

as drives, and the ratio is lsc/IL, the greatest harmonic

mitigation is required. Under these conditions, the currents

drawn from the supply need to be sinusoidal and “clean”

such that system interference and additional losses are

negligible. Eaton’s enclosed 18-pulse drive uses a phase-

shifting auto-transformer with delta-connected winding that

carries only the ampere-turns caused by the difference in

load currents. This results in nine separate phases. In this

type of configuration, the total kVA rating of the transformer

magnetic system was only 48% that of the motor load. A

traditional isolated transformer system, with multipulse

windings, would require the full kVA rating to be supported,

which is more common in an MV step-down transformer.

The integrated 18-pulse drive, with near sine wave input

current and low harmonics will meet the requirements of

IEEE 519-2014 under all practical operating conditions. The

comparisons with six-pulse passive filter and 12-pulse

systems are shown on Pages 31.0-8, 31.0-11 and below.

Figure 31.0-15. 100 hp 480 V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectifier

Table 31.0-7. 100 hp 480 V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectifier

Advantages

■Effectively guarantees compliance with IEEE 519-2014

■Provides increased input protection for AFD and its

semiconductors from line transients

■Up to 4 times the harmonic reduction of 12-pulse methods

■Smaller transformer than isolation transformer used in

12-pulse converter

■Minimizes ripple current in capacitors, doubling expected

capacitor life

Disadvantages

■Not as cost-effective as some other methods at small

(<50) horsepower

Figure 31.0-16. Basic 18-Pulse Rectifier with Phase-Shifting Auto-Transformer

200

Current

Amps

100

–100

–200

Time

18-Pulse Clean Power

Current Harmonics

I1 = 100% I11 = 0.24% I19 = 1.00%

I5 = 0.16% I13 = 0.10% I23 = 0.01%

I7 = 0.33% I17 = 0.86% I25 = 0.01%

Power = 100 hp

Hc = 5.9 amps

Output Transistors

IGBT Section

Dynamic Braking

Transistor

Pre-charge

Circuit

18-Pulse SCR

Bridge Rectier

Converter Section

18-Pulse

Phase-Shifting

Auto-Transformer

Inverter Section

(–) DC

(+) DC

Diode Rectiers

Bus

Capacitors

3-Phase

AC Input

Motor

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-1

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

General Information

013

PowerXL DE1 Series

Product Description

Eaton’s PowerXL

DE1

variable speed

starter offers the advantages of both a

motor starter and a variable frequency

drive in a single device. The DE1 is a

compact and easy-to-use device with

the ability to change the speed of the

motor with the simplicity of a contactor

starter. With 14 basic parameters,

SmartWire-DT® connectivity and an

intuitive configuration module, the

DE1

setup and commissioning

is easy for

any panel builder and MOEM. The DE1

was designed for customers who have

concerns of the complexity of a VFD but

still

require variable frequency and

advanced motor protection.

Models rated at 480 V, three-phase,

50/60 Hz are available in sizes ranging

from 0.5 to 10 hp. Models rated at

230 V, single-phase in/three-phase out,

50/60 Hz are available in sizes ranging

from 0.33 to 3 hp.

The DE1 VSS is designed without a

keypad to provide a simplistic, cost

effective solution. Units are shipped

without a keypad. In order to change

parameters, there are accessories

such as the configuration module

that can change up to 5 parameters

or connectivity products to connect to

the drivesConnect PC Tool.

Features

■Compact, space-saving design

■Rugged design rated up to 60 °C

without derating

■DIN rail and screw mountable

■Narrow footprint for true side-by-

side installation

■Rated for group motor applications

■Low capacitor design for

low harmonics

■Control terminal blocks

■Three digital inputs

■One digital/analog (programmable)

input

■One relay output

■Contactor style power wiring

■RS-485/Modbus as standard

■Efficient, simple design without a

keypad

■Three indicating LEDs for fault and

condition status

■Reliable design—

150% for 60 s

175% for 2 s

■Smartwire-DT ready for expanding

communication gateways

Standards and Certifications

Product

■Complies with EN 61800-3

Safety

■IEC 61800-5-1

■CE

■UL

■CSA/cUL

■cTick

■UKRSekpro

■GOST R

■RoHS compliant

31.1-2

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Product Selection

014

Catalog Number Selection

Table 31.1-1. DE1 Series Variable Speed Starter

Product Selection

IP20

DE1 -1 24D3 N N -N 20 N

Conformation Coated Option

N= Not conformal coated boards

Device Series

E1 = Economy

Basic Naming

D=Drive

Current Rating

230 V 460 V

1D4 = 1.4 A, 0.33 hp, 0.25

2D3 = 2.3 A, 0.5 hp,

0.37 kW

2D7 = 2.7 A, 0.75 hp, 0.55

4D3 = 4.3 A, 1.0 hp,

0.75 kW

7D0 = 7.0 A, 2.0 hp,

1.5 kW

9D6 = 9.6 A, 3.0 hp,

2.2 kW

1D3 = 1.3 A, 0.5 hp,

0.37 kW

2D1 = 2.1 A, 1.0 hp,

0.75 kW

3D6 = 3.6 A, 2.0 hp,

1.5 kW

5D0 = 5.0 A, 3.0 hp,

2.2 kW

6D6 = 6.6 A, 4.0 hp,

3.0 kW

8D5 = 8.5 A, 5.0 hp,

4.0 kW

011 = 11 A, 7.5 hp,

5.5 kW

016 = 16 A, 10 hp,

7.5 kW

Number of Phases

1= Single-phase main connection/

three-phase motor connection

3= Three-phase main connection/

three-phase motor connection

Input/Output Voltage

2=230 V

4=480 V

Environment Rating

20 = IP20, NEMA 0

Display Option

N= No display

Brake Chopper Option

N= No brake chopper

Filter Option

N=No filter

Table 31.1-2. DE1 Series IP20 Enclosure Drives

1For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated

continuous output current.

2These are constant torque/high overload rated drives.

hp 1kW Volts 100%

Continuous

Current In (A)

Frame

Size

Catalog Number 2

0.33 0.25 200–240 V single-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

1.4 1 DE1-121D4NN-N20N

0.5 0.37 2.3 1 DE1-122D3NN-N20N

0.75 0.55 2.7 1 DE1-122D7NN-N20N

1 0.75 4.3 1 DE1-124D3NN-N20N

21.5 7 1 DE1-127D0NN-N20N

32.2 9.6 2 DE1-129D6NN-N20N

0.5 0.37 380–480 V three-phase in/

480 V three-phase out

1.3 1 DE1-341D3NN-N20N

1 0.75 2.1 1 DE1-342D1NN-N20N

21.5 3.6 1 DE1-343D6NN-N20N

32.2 5 2 DE1-345D0NN-N20N

43 6.6 2 DE1-346D6NN-N20N

54 8.5 2 DE1-348D5NN-N20N

7. 5 5 . 5 11. 3 2 DE1-34011NN-N20N

10 7.5 16 2 DE1-34016NN-N20N

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-3

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Technical Data

015

Accessories

Table 31.1-3. PC Communication Kit and Copy/Paste Module

Table 31.1-4. Keypad Options

1Includes 1 m RS-485 data cable.

Table 31.1-5. Extension Cables and Data Cable Splitter

Table 31.1-6. SmartWire Modules

Table 31.1-7. Commoning Links 2

2Commoning links can be used to connect multiple line side 460 V DE1

units for use in group motor applications.

3These combinations may result in the total of the individual input

currents exceeding the three-phase commoning link’s and incoming

connection block’s ampacity (35 A).

4Required for group motor applications when using the 460 V

commoning links.

Technical Data and Specifications

Ratings

Table 31.1-8. PowerXL DE1 Basic Controller Standard Ratings

Table 31.1-9. Programmable Parameters

Specifications

Table 31.1-10. PowerXL DE1 Series

5All units do not require derating except for the 10 hp 460 V unit which

may require derating depending on the switching frequency used.

Description Catalog Number

Bluetooth copy/paste communication stick DX-COM-STICK

USB to RJ45 panel mount kit DX-COM-PCKIT

USB to RJ45 PC Tool cable DX-CBL-PC-3M0

Description Catalog Number

LED remote keypad—7-segment display, IP54 rated DX-KEY-LED 1

Configuration module—plug-in unit, DIP switch

and dial control

DXE-EXT-SET

Description Catalog Number

RJ45 communication cable w/terminating resistor EASY-NT-R

RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 0.5 m DX-CBL-RJ45-0M5

RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 1.0 m DX-CBL-RJ45-1M0

RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 3.0 m DX-CBL-RJ45-3M0

RS-485 three-way data cable splitter, RJ45 DX-SPL-RJ45-3SL

RS-485 data cable splitter, RJ45, (1 connector

to 2 socket)

DX-SPL-RJ45-2SL1PL

Description Catalog Number

SmartWire-DT interface for DE1 and DC1 IP20 DX-NET-SWD3

Description Max. Devices Used Catalog Number

460 V, three-phase link 3xFS1 XTCEXCLK3B

2xFS1 + 1xFS2

2xFS2

4xFS1 XTCEXCLK4B

3xFS1 + 1xFS2

1xFS1 + 2xFS2 3

5xFS1 XTCEXCLK5B

4xFS1 + 1xFS2

2xFS1 + 2xFS2 3

3xFS2 3

460 V, incoming terminal — XTCEXITB 4

Description Specification

Protections

Overload protection 150% for 60s for every 600 seconds

Overvoltage protection Yes

Undervoltage protection Yes

Ground fault protection Yes

Overtemperature protection Yes

Motor overload protection Yes

Motor stall protection Yes

Short-circuit protection 100 kAIC with fuses, 65 kAIC with PKZM,

10 kAIC with FAZ

Description

14 Standard operation parameters

Programmable start function

DC-brake at start and stop

Adjustable switching frequency

Autorestart function after fault

Protections and supervisions

Power section fault indication

External fault

Fieldbus communication

Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering

Four preset speed reference

Description Specification

Input Ratings

Input voltage (Vin)±10%

Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 48–62 Hz)

Connection to power Maximum of one time every 30 seconds

Output Ratings

Output voltage 0 to Vin

Continuous output current Continuous rated current IN at ambient

temperature max. 140 °F (60 °C), 150% for

60 seconds, 175% for 2 seconds

Output frequency 0 to 500 Hz

Frequency resolution 0.1 Hz

Initial output current (IH) 175% for 2s for every 20 seconds

Torque depends on motor

Control Characteristics

Operation mode U/f control, slip compensation

Switching frequency 4 to 32 kHz

Voltage reference 10 Vdc (max. 10 mA)

Field weakening point 0 to 500 Hz

Acceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds

Deceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds

Ambient Conditions

Ambient operating

temperature

–10 °C to +50 °C, for 60 °C there is no

derating required 5

Storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C

Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing,

non-corrosive, no dripping water

Enclosure class IP20 (FS1–FS3)

31.1-4

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Technical Data

016

Standards—DE1 Series

Variable Speed Starter

I/O Specifications

■Digital inputs DI1–DI4 are program-

mable

■Relay output is programmable

■DI3 and DI4 can be programmed to

be digital, thermistor or analog

Includes:

■Four inputs (three digital and one

digital/analog)

■Analog input

❑4–20 mA

❑0–10 V

■One relay output

■RS-485 interface

Reliability

■Pretested components

■Computerized testing

■Robust design rated to 60 °C

Table 31.1-11. DE1 Series I/O Interface

Terminal Signal Factory Preset Description

0 V 0 V Reference potential — 0 V connection

+0 V +24 Vdc Control voltage for DI1-DI4 — Maximum load 100 mA

Reference potential V

1 DI1 Digital Input 1 FWD +10 to 24 V

2 DI2 Digital Input 2 REV +10 to 24 V

3 DI3 Digital Input 3 Fixed frequency FF1 +10 to 24 V

Ther. Thermistor Fixed frequency FF1 External fault: [Need info]

Trip at 3600 ?

Reset at 1600 ?

4 DI4 Digital Input 4 Frequency reference value +10 to 24 V

AI1 Analog Input Frequency reference value 0 to 10 V 0/4–20 mA

Can be switched with parameter P16

13 K13 Relay 1, normally open contact Active = RUN Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A

14 K14 Relay 1, normally open contact Active = RUN Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-5

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Dimensions

017

Dimensions—Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Figure 31.1-1. DE1, Sizes FS1 and FS2, Degree of Protection IP20/NEMA 0

Ø2

Ø1

A1 C1

0 V +10 V 1 2 3 4 1 3 14

UVW

L1/LL2/NL3

Frame

Size

A A1 B B1 B2 B3 B4 C C1 Ø1Ø2Weight

Lb (kg)

FS1 1.77

(45.0)

0.98

(25.0)

9.09

(231.0)

8.66

(220.0)

0.20

(5.1)

2.52

(64.0)

6.54

(166.1)

6.65

(169.0)

0.26

(6.6)

0.20

(5.1)

0.39

(10.0)

2.29

(1.04)

FS2 3.54

(90.0)

1.97

(50.0)

9.09

(231.0)

8.66

(220.0)

0.20

(5.1)

2.52

(64.0)

6.54

(166.1)

6.65

(169.0)

0.26

(6.6)

0.20

(5.1)

0.39

(10.0)

3.70

(1.68)

31.1-6

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

General Information

018

PowerXL DC1 Series Drives

DG1 General Purpose Drive

Product Description

Eaton’s PowerXL® DC1 variable

frequency drives are the next

generation of drives specifically

engineered for today’s machinery

applications.

The DC1 is compact with only 14

basic parameters, SmartWire-DT®

connectivity, and outstanding ease of

mounting and installation. The DC1 is

perfect for quick commissioning and

is ideal for panel builders. This drive

supports single-phase motor applica-

tions, and detachable terminal blocks

make control wiring much easier.

Models rated at 480 volts, three-phase,

50/60 Hz are available in sizes ranging

from 1 to 30 hp. Models rated at

240 volts, single- or three-phase,

50/60 Hz are available in sizes ranging

from 0.5 to 15 hp. Models rated at

115 volts, single-phase, 50/60 Hz are

available in the 0.5 to 3 hp size range.

Features

■Compact, space-saving design

■

Rugged and reliable—

175% for 2 s,

50 °C rated

■DIN rail and screw mountable

(FS1 and FS2)

■Side-by-side installation

■Industry-leading efficiency delivers

energy savings to the customer

■Optional integrated EMC filters

make the unit suitable for

commercial and industrial networks

■Brake chopper as standard in frames

2 and higher

■Temperature-controlled fan

■RS-485/Modbus® and CANopen™

as standard

■PI controller as standard

■SmartWire capability

■Removable I/O terminal blocks

■Contactor style power wiring

■Designed for shaded-pole, single-

phase motors and permanent split

capacitor single-phase motors

■Designed to run surface mounted

(SPM) and rotor in-built (IPM)

permanent magnet motors

Standards and Certifications

Product

■Complies with EN61800-3 (2004)

EMC (At Default Settings)

■EMC Category C1, C2 and C3 at

default settings (1 m, 5 m, 25 m)

Safety 1

■61800-5-1

■EN 60529

■CE

■UL

■cUL

■UkrSepro

■c-Tick

■RoHS compliant

1See unit nameplate for more detailed

approvals.

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-7

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

019

Catalog Number Selection

Table 31.1-12. DC1 Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives

DC1 -1 24D1 F N -A 20 N

Type

= Standard basic device

Device Series

DC1= Variable frequency drive, compact, Series 1

=(D = Drives, C = Compact, 1 = Series 1)

Degree of Protection

20 = IP20/NEMA 0

66 = IP66/NEMA 4/4X

6S = IP66 with disconnect/NEMA 4/4X

Display Unit (Display)

= LED display

Brake Chopper

N= No internal brake chopper

B= Brake chopper

EMC (Radio Interference Suppression Filter)

N= No internal RFI filter

F= Internal RFI filter

Connection in Power Section

1= Single-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection

3= Three-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection

S= Single-phase mains connection/single-phase motor connection

Mains Voltage Category

1= 110 V (110–115 V ±10%)

2= 230 V (200–240 V ±10%)

4= 480 V (380–480 V ±10%)

D= 110 V input/230 V output (voltage doubler)

Rated Operational Current

Examples—

2D2 = 2.2 A

4D1 = 4.1 A

024 = 24 A

31.1-8

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

020

Product Selection

Table 31.1-13. DC1 Series IP20 Enclosure Drives 1

1These are constant torque/high overload rated drives.

2For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated continuous output current.

3Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2 and 3.

4Only for use with shaded pole or split capacitor single-phase motors.

5RFI version available. Substitute with DC1-*****F*-**** for this option.

hp 2kW Volts 100% Continuous Current In (A) Frame Size 3Catalog Number

0.5

0.75

0.37

0.55

115 V single-phase in/ 4

115 V single-phase out

10.5

DC1-S17D0NN-A20N

DC1-S1011NB-A20N

0.5

1.5

0.37

0.75

1.1

200–240 V single-phase in/ 4

200–240 V single-phase out

4.3

DC1-S24D3NN-A20N 5

DC1-S27D0NN-A20N 5

DC1-S2011NB-A20N 5

0.5

1.5

0.37

0.75

1.1

115 V single-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

2.3

4.3

5.8

DC1-1D2D3NN-A20N

DC1-1D4D3NN-A20N

DC1-1D5D8NB-A20N

0.5

0.37

0.75

1.5

200–240 V single-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

2.3

4.3

DC1-122D3NN-A20N 5

DC1-124D3NN-A20N 5

DC1-127D0NN-A20N 5

1.5

2.2

10.5

DC1-127D0NB-A20N 5

DC1-12011NB-A20N 5

DC1-12015NB-A20N

0.5

0.37

0.75

1.5

200–240 V three-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

2.3

4.3

DC1-322D3NN-A20N

DC1-324D3NN-A20N

DC1-327D0NN-A20N

1.5

2.2

10.5

DC1-327D0NB-A20N 5

DC1-32011NB-A20N 5

DC1-32018NB-A20N 5

7. 5

5.5

7. 5

DC1-32024NB-A20N 5

DC1-32030NB-A20N 5

DC1-32046NB-A20N 5

0.75

1.5

380–480 V three-phase in/

480 V three-phase out

2.2

4.1

DC1-342D2NN-A20N 5

DC1-344D1NN-A20N 5

DC1-344D1NB-A20N 5

7. 5

2.2

5.5

5.8

9.5

DC1-345D8NB-A20N 5

DC1-349D5NB-A20N 5

DC1-34014NB-A20N 5

7. 5

DC1-34018NB-A20N 5

DC1-34024NB-A20N 5

DC1-34030NB-A20N 5

18.5

DC1-34039NB-A20N 5

DC1-34046NB-A20N 5

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-9

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

021

IP66 NEMA 4/4X Interior DC1 Drive

The IP66 version of the DC1 is a unique

solution to allow for mounting the

drive outside of a control panel or next

to a motor for distributed control.

“-A66N” Option

This version comes with the keypad

that is similar to that of IP20 version.

There are no additional cover controls

to address security concerns.

“-A6SN” Option

This version has an integrated

potentiometer, a forward/off/reverse

switch and a disconnect switch with

lock-off capability with the standard

keypad. This allows for reduced labor

and materials when compared to a

IP20 solution in separate enclosure.

Table 31.1-14. DC1 Series IP66 Enclosure Drives 1

1These are constant torque/high overload rated drives.

2For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated continuous output current.

3Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2 and 3.

4Non-disconnect version available. Substitute with -A66N.

5RFI version available. Substitute with DC1-*****F*-**** for this option.

hp 2kW Volts 100% Continuous Current In (A) Frame Size 3Catalog Number

0.5

0.75

0.37

0.55

115 V single-phase in/

115 V single-phase out

10.5

DC1-S17D0NN-A6SN 4

DC1-S1011NB-A6SN 4

0.5

1.5

0.37

0.75

1.1

200–240 V single-phase in/

200–240 V single-phase out

4.3

DC1-S24D3NN-A6SN 45

DC1-S27D0NN-A6SN 45

DC1-S2011NB-A6SN 45

0.5

1.5

0.37

0.75

1.1

115 V single-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

2.3

4.3

5.8

DC1-1D2D3NN-A6SN 4

DC1-1D4D3NN-A6SN 4

DC1-1D5D8NB-A6SN 4

0.5

0.37

0.75

1.5

200–240 V single-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

2.3

4.3

DC1-122D3NN-A6SN 45

DC1-124D3NN-A6SN 45

DC1-127D0NN-A6SN 45

1.5

2.2

10.5

DC1-127D0NB-A6SN 45

DC1-12011NB-A6SN 45

DC1-12015NB-A6SN 4

0.5

0.37

0.75

1.5

200–240 V three-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

2.3

4.3

DC1-322D3NN-A6SN 4

DC1-324D3NN-A6SN 4

DC1-327D0NN-A6SN 4

1.5

2.2

10.5

DC1-327D0NB-A6SN 45

DC1-32011NB-A6SN 45

DC1-32018NB-A6SN 45

0.75

1.5

380–480 V three-phase in/

460 V three-phase out

2.2

4.1

DC1-342D2NN-A6SN 45

DC1-344D1NN-A6SN 45

DC1-344D1NB-A6SN 45

7. 5

2.2

5.5

7. 5

5.8

9.5

DC1-345D8NB-A6SN 45

DC1-349D5NB-A6SN 45

DC1-34014NB-A6SN 45

DC1-34018NB-A6SN 45

31.1-10

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

022

Accessories

DC1 Series

Table 31.1-15. PC Communication Kit and Copy/Paste Module

Table 31.1-16. Encoder Feedback Plug-In Option Module

and Miscellaneous Cards

Table 31.1-17. Remote Keypad

1Includes 1 m RS-485 data cable.

Table 31.1-18. Brake Resistor (FR2 and FR3)

Table 31.1-19. Extension Cables and Data Cable Splitter

Table 31.1-20. SmartWire Modules

Description Catalog Number

Bluetooth copy/paste communication stick DX-COM-STICK

USB to RJ45 panel mount kit DX-COM-PCKIT

USB to RJ45 converter cable DX-COM-PCCABLE

USB to RJ45 PC Tool cable DX-CBL-PC-3MO

Description Catalog Number

Local control/test option card DXC-EXT-LOCSIM

HVACO drive running and tripped relay

output card

DXC-EXT-2RO1 AO

Dual relay output card DXC-EXT-2RO

110 V logic input card DXC-EXT-IO110

230 V logic input card DXC-EXT-IO230

Description Catalog Number

LED remote keypad—7-segment display,

IP54 rated

DX-KEY-LED 1

OLED remote keypad—full text display, multi-line

text, multi-language, IP54 hand/auto buttons

DX-KEY-OLED 1

Description Catalog Number

DC1, DA1 internal mount 200 W, 100 R DX-BR3-100

Description Catalog Number

RJ45 communication cable

with terminating resistor

EASY-NT-R

RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 0.5 m DX-CBL-RJ45-0M5

RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 1.0 m DX-CBL-RJ45-1M0

RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 3.0 m DX-CBL-RJ45-3M0

RS-485 three-way data cable splitter, RJ45 DX-SPL-RJ45-3SL

RS-485 data cable splitter, RJ45,

(1 connector to 2 socket)

DX-SPL-RJ45-2SL1PL

Description Catalog Number

SmartWire-DT interface for DC1 IP20 DX-NET-SWD3

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-11

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

023

Technical Data and Specifications

DC1 Series

Ratings

Table 31.1-21. PowerXL DC1 Basic Controller IP20 Standard Ratings

Table 31.1-22. Programmable Parameters

Specifications

Table 31.1-23. PowerXL DC1 Series Drives

1Exception: 115 V single-phase in, 230 V three-phase out.

2Only FS2, FS3 and FS4 drives are equipped with brake chopper circuit.

Description Specification

Protections

Overload protection 150% for 60s for every 600 seconds

Overvoltage protection Yes

Undervoltage protection Yes

Ground fault protection Yes

Overtemperature protection Yes

Motor overload protection Yes

Motor stall protection Yes

Short-circuit withstand rating 100 kAIC with Type 1 fuses

Description

Built-in Help card

14 Standard operation parameters

Reference scaling

Programmable start and stop functions

DC-brake at start and stop

Programmable V/Hz curve

Adjustable switching frequency

Autorestart function after fault

Protections and supervisions

Power section fault indication

External fault

Fieldbus communication

Second deceleration time

Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering

PI controller

Skip frequencies

Description Specification

Input Ratings

Input voltage (Vin)±10%

Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 48–62 Hz)

Connection to power Maximum of one time every 30 seconds

Output Ratings

Output voltage 0 to Vin 1

Continuous

output current

Continuous rated current IN at

ambient temperature max.

122 °F (50 °C), 150% for 60 seconds,

175% for 2 seconds

Output frequency 0 to 500 Hz

Frequency resolution 0.1 Hz

Initial output current (IH) 175% for 2s for every 20 seconds

Torque depends on motor

Control Characteristics

Operation mode U/f control, slip compensation

Switching frequency 4 to 32 kHz

Voltage reference 10 Vdc (max. 10 mA)

Field weakening point 0 to 500 Hz

Acceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds

Deceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds

Brake Resistor (Minimum Values) 2

230 V Series FS2 and FS3 47 ohms

400 V Series FS2 100 ohms, FS3 47 ohms

Ambient Conditions

Ambient operating

temperature

+14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to +122 °F (+50 °C):

Rated loadability IN

IP20—NEMA 0

Storage temperature –40 °F (–40 °C) to +140 °F (+60 °C)

Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive,

no dripping water

Enclosure class IP20 (FS1–FS4)

31.1-12

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

024

Standards—DC1 Series

I/O Specifications

■Digital inputs DI1–DI4 are

programmable

■Digital, relay and analog outputs

are programmable

Includes:

■Four inputs (two digital and two

digital/analog)

■Analog inputs

❑4–20 mA

❑0–10 V

■One output (analog or digital)

■One relay output

■RS-485 interface

Reliability

■Pretested components

■Computerized testing

■Final test with full load

■Conformal-coated boards

■

Eaton’s Electrical Services &

Systems: national network

of AF drive specialists

Table 31.1-24. DC1 Series I/O Interface

1Programmable function.

Terminal Signal Factory Preset Description

1 +24 Vdc Control voltage for DI1–DI4 — Maximum load 100 mA

Reference potential V

2 DI1 Digital Input 1 Start Enable FWD 8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 k h)

3 DI2 Digital Input 2 Start Enable REV 8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 k h)

4 DI3 Digital Input 3 Fixed frequency FF1 Digital: 8–30 V (high)

AI2 Analog Input 2 Fixed frequency FF1 Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 k h)

0/4–20 mA (Rß = 500 h)

Can be switched with parameter P16

5 +10 Vdc Reference voltage, Output (+10 V) — Maximum load 10 mA

Reference potential 0 V

6 AI1 Analog Input 1 Frequency reference value 1

(fixed frequency)

Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 k h)

0/4–20 mA (Rß = 500 h)

Can be switched with parameter P16

DI4 Digital Input 5 Frequency reference value 1

(fixed frequency)

Digital: 8–30 V (high)

7 0 V Reference potential — 0 V = connection terminal 9

8 AO1 Analog Output 1 Output frequency Analog: 0 to +10 V, maximum 4–20 mA

Can be switched with parameter P-25

DO1 Digital Output 1 Output frequency Digital: 8 to +24 V

9 0 V Reference potential — 0 V connection terminal 7

10 K13 Relay 1, normally open contact Active = RUN Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A

11 K14 Relay 1, normally open contact Active = RUN Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A

DI1 FWD

24V

DI2 REV

DI3

(AI2)

FF1

AI1

(DI4)

f-Soll

+24V Out

< 100 mA

(DO)

f-Out

CPU

0 to +10V/20 mA

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-13

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

025

Dimensions—Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Figure 31.1-2. DC1, Sizes FS1–FS4, Degree of Protection IP20/NEMA 0

Ø2

Ø1

Frame

Size

A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1Ø2 Weight

Lb (kg)

FS1 3.19 (81.0) 1.97 (50.0) 7.24 (184.0) 6.69 (170.0) 0.28 (7.0) 4.88 (124.0) 0.16 (4.0) 0.24 (6.0) 0.47 (12.0) 2.43 (1.1)

FS2 4.21 (107.0) 2.95 (75.0) 9.09 (231.0) 8.46 (215.0) 0.31 (8.0) 5.98 (152.0) 0.20 (5.0) 0.24 (6.0) 0.47 (12.0) 5.73 (2.6)

FS3 5.16 (131.0) 3.94 (100.0) 10.75 (273.0) 10.04 (255.0) 0.33 (8.5) 6.89 (175.0) 0.20 (5.0) 0.24 (6.0) 0.47 (12.0) 8.82 (4.0)

FS4 6.30 (160.0) — 16.54 (420.0) — — 8.35 (212.0) — — — —

31.1-14

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

026

Figure 31.1-3. DC1, Sizes FS1–FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4

Ø2

Ø1

A1 C1

Frame

Size

A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1Ø2Weight

Lb (kg)

FS1 6.34 (161.0) 5.85 (148.5) 9.13 (232.0) 7.44 (189.0) 0.98 (25.0) 7.24 (184.0) 0.14 (3.5) 0.15 (4.0) 0.31 (8.0) 5.51 (2.5)

FS2 7.40 (188.0) 6.93 (176.0) 10.12 (257.0) 7.87 (200.0) 1.12 (28.5) 7.58 (192.0) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 10.36 (4.7)

FS3 8.29 (210.5) 7.78 (197.5) 12.20 (310.0) 9.90 (251.5) 1.31 (33.4) 9.21 (234.0) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 17.42 (7.9)

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-15

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

027

Figure 31.1-4. DC1, Sizes FS1–FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4, with Local Controls

Ø2

A C

Ø1

Frame

Size

A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1Ø2 Weight

Lb (kg)

FS1 6.34 (161.0) 5.85 (148.5) 9.13 (232.0) 7.44 (189.0) 0.98 (25.0) 7.24 (184.0) 0.14 (3.5) 0.15 (4.0) 0.31 (8.0) 6.17 (2.8)

FS2 7.40 (188.0) 6.93 (176.0) 10.12 (257.0) 7.87 (200.0) 1.12 (28.5) 7.58 (192.0) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 11.02 (5.0)

FS3 8.29 (210.5) 7.78 (197.5) 12.20 (310.0) 9.90 (251.5) 1.31 (33.4) 9.21 (234.0) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 18.08 (8.2)

31.1-16

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

028

PowerXL DG1 Series Drives

DG1 General Purpose Drive

Product Description

The DG1 general purpose drives are

part of Eaton’s next generation PowerXL

Series of adjustable frequency drives

specifically engineered for today’s more

demanding commercial and industrial

applications. The power unit makes

use of the most sophisticated semi-

conductor technology and a highly

modular construction that can be

flexibly adapted to meet the

customer’s needs.

The control module was designed

to include today’s standard

communication protocols and I/O

while still having the modularity

to add additional option cards.

Eaton’s patented Active Energy Control

is also a standard feature on DG1

drives, offering customers increased

efficiency, safety and reliability.

These drives continue the tradition

of robust performance and raise the

bar on features and functionality,

ensuring the best solution at the

right price.

Product Range

■230 V to 125 hp, 312 A, 90 kW

■480 V to 250 hp, 310 A, 160 kW

■575 V to 250 hp, 250 A, 160 kW

Features and Benefits

Harmonic Reduction

■All DG-1 Drives have a DC choke

as standard

■Line and load reactors are

available as an option, consult

factory for sizing

Hardware

■Brake chopper standard on

Frames 1, 2, 3

■Dual overload ratings

❑110% variable torque (IL)

❑150% constant torque (IH)

■Type 1/IP21 and Type 12/IP54

enclosures available

■Integrated common mode reduc-

tion 5% DC link choke with input

surge protection

■EMI/RFI filters standard on all

drives—meets EMC Category C2

■Real-time clock—supports

calendaring and PLC functionality

■Graphic LCD display and keypad—

supports simple menu navigation as

well as on-screen diagnostics and

troubleshooting

■LOCAL/REMOTE operation from

keypad and two configurable

soft keys

■Conformal coated control and

power boards standard

■Control logic can be powered from

an external auxiliary control panel—

internal drive functions and fieldbus

if necessary

■Standard I/O:

❑8DI, 1DO

❑2AI, 2AO

❑2FC, 1FA relays

■Standard communications:

❑EtherNet/IP,

Modbus TCP

❑RS-485: Modbus RTU,

BACnet MS/TP

■Seamless integration into EtherNet/

IP networks via EIP-Assist I/O

tag-generation tool

■Two expansion slots—intended to

support additional I/O or communi-

cation protocols as necessary

■Quick disconnect terminals for I/O

connections—supports fast easy

installation

■Safe Torque Off (STO) built-in with

functional safety SIL1 certification

Dynamic Braking

■Available on all DG-1 drives

■Consult factory for sizing and

options

Software

■Active Energy Control®—minimizes

energy losses in your motor,

resulting in industry-leading energy

efficiency for your application

■Quick Start Wizard upon initial

power-up supports fast, easy

installation

■Standard applications:

❑Standard

❑Multi-pump and fan Control

❑Multi-PID

❑Multi-purpose

■Copy/paste functionality on drive

keypad—allows for fast setup of

multiple drives

■Pre-programmed I/O—supports

fast, easy installation for most

applications

■Dynamic motor regenerative

energy management

■Advanced PC Tool with diagnostic

capabilities

■Two keypad software keys for easy

menu navigation and shortcuts

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-17

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

029

Standards and Certifications

Product

■IEC/EN 61800-5-1

■IEC/EN 61800-5-2

■UL 508C

■IEC 61508

■EN 62061

■EN ISO 13849-1

EMC

■Immunity: IEC/EN 61800-3

■Category C2

Certification

■UL

■cUL

■CE

■C-Tick

■RoHS

■EAC

■Plenum rated

Catalog Number Selection

Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers.

Table 31.1-25. PowerXL Series—DG1 General Purpose Drive

Internal Brake Chopper

N = No brake chopper

B = Brake chopper

Series Power Part Options

DG1 –344D3 F B –C21 C

Basic Naming

D = Drive

Series

G1 = General purpose

Phase Reference

3 = 3~ INPUT/3~ OUTPUT

Coating of Boards

C = Coated

Enclosure (IP Rating)

21 = IP21/Type 1

54 = IP54/Type 12

Display Option

C = LCD (graphical)

N = No display

Output Current Rating (CT)

208–240 V 380–500 V 525–600 V

3D7 = 3.7 A, 0.55 kW, 0.75 hp

4D8 = 4.8 A, 0.75 kW, 1 hp

6D6 = 6.6 A, 1.1 kW, 1.5 hp

7D8 = 7.8 A, 1.5 kW, 2 hp

011 = 11 A, 2.2 kW, 3 hp

012 = 12.5 A, 3 kW, 5 hp (VT)

017 = 17.5 A, 3.7 kW, 5 hp

025 = 25 A, 5.5 kW, 7.5 hp

031 = 31 A, 7.5 kW, 10 hp

048 = 48 A, 11 kW, 15 hp

061 = 61 A, 15 kW, 20 hp

075 = 75 A, 18.5 kW, 25 hp

088 = 88 A, 22 kW, 30 hp

114 = 114 A, 30 kW, 40 hp

143 = 143 A, 37 kW, 50 hp

170 = 170 A, 45 kW, 60 hp

211 = 211 A, 55 kW, 75 hp

248 = 248 A, 75 kW, 100 hp

2D2 = 2.2 A, 0.75 kW, 1 hp

3D3 = 3.3 A, 1.1 kW, 1.5 hp

4D3 = 4.3 A, 1.5 kW, 2 hp

5D6 = 5.6 A, 2.2 kW, 3 hp

7D6 = 7.6 A, 3 kW, 5 hp

9D0 = 9 A, 4 kW, 7.5 hp (VT)

012 = 12 A, 5.5 kW, 7.5 hp

016 = 16 A, 7.5 kW, 10 hp

023 = 23 A, 11 kW, 15 hp

031 = 31 A, 15 kW, 20 hp

038 = 38 A, 18 kW, 25 hp

046 = 46 A, 22 kW, 30 hp

061 = 61 A, 30 kW, 40 hp

072 = 72 A, 37 kW, 50 hp

087 = 87 A, 45 kW, 60 hp

105 = 105 A, 55 kW, 75 hp

140 = 140 A, 75 kW, 100 hp

170 = 170 A, 90 kW, 125 hp

205 = 205 A, 110 kW, 150 hp

245 = 245 A, 150 kW, 200 hp

3D3 =3.3 A, 1.5 kW, 2 hp

4D5 =4.5 A, 2.2 kW, 3 hp

7D5 =7.5 A, 3.7 kW, 5 hp

010 = 10 A, 5.5 kW, 7.5 hp

013 = 13.5 A, 7.5 kW, 10 hp

018 = 18 A, 11 kW, 15 hp

022 = 22 A, 15 kW, 20 hp

027 = 27 A, 18 kW, 25 hp

034 = 34 A, 22 kW, 30 hp

041 = 41 A, 30 kW, 40 hp

052 = 52 A, 37 kW, 50 hp

062 = 62 A, 45 kW, 60 hp

080 = 80 A, 55 kW, 75 hp

100 = 100 A, 75 kW, 100 hp

125 = 125 A, 90 kW, 125 hp

144 = 144 A, 110 kW, 150 hp

208 = 208 A, 160 kW, 200 hp

Input/Output Voltage Rating

2 = 230 V (208–240 V, –15%, +10%)

4 = 400 V (380–500 V, –15%, +10%)

5 = 575 V (525–600 V, –15%, +10%)

Internal EMC Filter

D =DC choke only

E = EMC filter only

F = Internal EMC filter and DC choke

N = No EMC filter, no DC choke

31.1-18

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

030

Table 31.1-26. PowerXL Series—DG1 General Purpose Option Boards

Product Selection

Table 31.1-27. DG1 Series Drives—208–240 V

1FR6 available in 2016.

Frame

Size

Constant Torque (CT) / High Overload (IH) Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL) Catalog

Number

230 V, 50 Hz

kW Rating

230 V, 60 Hz

Current

230 V, 50 Hz

kW Rating

230 V, 60 Hz

Current

Type 1/IP21

FR1 0.55

0.75

1.1

0.75

1.5

3.7

4.8

6.6

0.75

1.1

1.5

4.8

6.6

7. 8

DG1-323D7FB-C21C

DG1-324D8FB-C21C

DG1-326D6FB-C21C

1.5

2.2

7. 8

2.2

—

12.5

DG1-327D8FB-C21C

DG1-32011FB-C21C

FR2 3

3.7

5.5

—

7. 5

12.5

17.5

3.7

5.5

7. 5

17.5

DG1-32012FB-C21C

DG1-32017FB-C21C

DG1-32025FB-C21C

FR3 7.5

DG1-32031FB-C21C

DG1-32048FB-C21C

FR4 15

18.5

114

DG1-32061FN-C21C

DG1-32075FN-C21C

DG1-32088FN-C21C

FR5 30

114

143

170

143

170

211

DG1-32114FN-C21C

DG1-32143FN-C21C

DG1-32170FN-C21C

FR6 155

100

211

248

100

125

261

312

DG1-32211FN-C21C

DG1-32248FN-C21C

Type 12/IP54

FR1 0.55

0.75

1.1

0.75

1.5

3.7

4.8

6.6

0.75

1.1

1.5

4.8

6.6

7. 8

DG1-323D7FB-C54C

DG1-324D8FB-C54C

DG1-326D6FB-C54C

1.5

2.2

7. 8

2.2

—

12.5

DG1-327D8FB-C54C

DG1-32011FB-C54C

FR2 3

3.7

5.5

—

7. 5

12.5

17.5

3.7

5.5

7. 5

17.5

DG1-32012FB-C54C

DG1-32017FB-C54C

DG1-32025FB-C54C

FR3 7.5

DG1-32031FB-C54C

DG1-32048FB-C54C

FR4 15

18.5

114

DG1-32061FN-C54C

DG1-32075FN-C54C

DG1-32088FN-C54C

FR5 30

114

143

170

143

170

211

DG1-32114FN-C54C

DG1-32143FN-C54C

DG1-32170FN-C54C

FR6 155

100

211

248

100

125

261

312

DG1-32211FN-C54C

DG1-32248FN-C54C

DX G–NET–PROFIBUS

Function

PROFIBUS = PROFIBUS

DEVICENET= DeviceNet

CANOPEN = CANopen

SWD = SmartWire

See Accessories on Page 31.1-10

for full offering

Type

NET = Communication card

EXT = I/O card

ACC = Accessory

SPR = Spare part

KEY = Keypad

CBL = Cable

Basic Naming

DX = PowerXL Drive Series

G = General purpose

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-19

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

031

Table 31.1-28. DG1 Series Drives—380–500 V

1FR6 available in 2016.

Frame

Size

Constant Torque (CT) / High Overload (IH) Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL) Catalog

Number

400 V, 50 Hz

kW Rating

460 V, 60 Hz

Current

400 V, 50 Hz

kW Rating

460 V, 60 Hz

Current

Type 1/IP24

FR1 0.75

1.1

1.5

2.2

3.3

4.3

1.1

1.5

2.2

1.5

3.3

4.3

5.6

DG1-342D2FB-C21C

DG1-343D3FB-C21C

DG1-344D3FB-C21C

2.2

—

5.6

7. 6

5.5

—

7. 5

7. 6

DG1-345D6FB-C21C

DG1-347D6FB-C21C

DG1-349D0FB-C21C

FR2 5.5

7. 5

DG1-34012FB-C21C

DG1-34016FB-C21C

DG1-34023FB-C21C

FR3 15

18.5

DG1-34031FB-C21C

DG1-34038FB-C21C

DG1-34046FB-C21C

FR4 30

105

DG1-34061FN-C21C

DG1-34072FN-C21C

DG1-34087FN-C21C

FR5 55

100

125

105

140

170

110

100

125

150

140

170

205

DG1-34105FN-C21C

DG1-34140FN-C21C

DG1-34170FN-C21C

FR6 1110

150

200

205

245

132

160

200

250

261

310

DG1-34205FN-C21C

DG1-34245FN-C21C

Type 12/IP54

FR1 0.75

1.1

1.5

2.2

3.3

4.3

1.1

1.5

2.2

1.5

3.3

4.3

5.6

DG1-342D2FB-C54C

DG1-343D3FB-C54C

DG1-344D3FB-C54C

2.2

—

5.6

7. 6

5.5

—

7. 5

7. 6

DG1-345D6FB-C54C

DG1-347D6FB-C54C

DG1-349D0FB-C54C

FR2 5.5

7. 5

DG1-34012FB-C54C

DG1-34016FB-C54C

DG1-34023FB-C54C

FR3 15

18.5

DG1-34031FB-C54C

DG1-34038FB-C54C

DG1-34046FB-C54C

FR4 30

105

DG1-34061FN-C54C

DG1-34072FN-C54C

DG1-34087FN-C54C

FR5 55

100

125

105

140

170

110

100

125

150

140

170

205

DG1-34105FN-C54C

DG1-34140FN-C54C

DG1-34170FN-C54C

FR6 1110

150

200

205

245

132

160

200

250

261

310

DG1-34205FN-C54C

DG1-34245FN-C54C

31.1-20

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

032

Table 31.1-29. DG1 Series Drives—575 V

1FR6 available in 2016.

Frame

Size

Constant Torque (CT) / High Overload (IH) Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL) Catalog

Number

575 V, 60 Hz

kW Rating

575 V, 60 Hz

Current

575 V, 60 Hz

kW Rating

575 V, 60 Hz

Current

Type 1/IP21

FR1 1.5

2.2

3.7

3.3

4.5

7. 5

2.2

3.7

5.5

7. 5

4.5

7. 5

DG1-353D3FB-C21C

DG1-354D5FB-C21C

DG1-357D5FB-C21C

FR2 5.5

7. 5

13.5

7. 5

13.5

DG1-35010FB-C21C

DG1-35013FB-C21C

DG1-35018FB-C21C

FR3 15

18.5

DG1-35022FB-C21C

DG1-35027FB-C21C

DG1-35034FB-C21C

FR4 30

DG1-35041FN-C21C

DG1-35052FN-C21C

DG1-35062FN-C21C

FR5 55

100

125

100

125

110

100

125

150

100

125

144

DG1-35080FN-C21C

DG1-35100FN-C21C

DG1-35125FN-C21C

FR6 1110

150

200

144

208

150

187

200

250

208

250

DG1-35144FN-C21C

DG1-35208FN-C21C

Type 12/IP54

FR1 1.5

2.2

3.7

3.3

4.5

7. 5

2.2

3.7

5.5

7. 5

4.5

7. 5

DG1-353D3FB-C54C

DG1-354D5FB-C54C

DG1-357D5FB-C54C

FR2 5.5

7. 5

13.5

7. 5

13.5

DG1-35010FB-C54C

DG1-35013FB-C54C

DG1-35018FB-C54C

FR3 15

18.5

DG1-35022FB-C54C

DG1-35027FB-C54C

DG1-35034FB-C54C

FR4 30

DG1-35041FN-C54C

DG1-35052FN-C54C

DG1-35062FN-C54C

FR5 55

100

125

100

125

110

100

125

150

100

125

144

DG1-35080FN-C54C

DG1-35100FN-C54C

DG1-35125FN-C54C

FR6 1110

150

200

144

208

150

187

200

250

208

250

DG1-35144FN-C54C

DG1-35208FN-C54C

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-21

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

033

Accessories

The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives can accommodate a

wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to

customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s

control unit is designed to accept a total of two additional

option boards.

The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives come with a factory-

installed standard board configuration including the

following:

■Standard I/O:

❑8DI, 1DO

❑2AI, 2AO

❑2FC, 1FA relays

■Standard communications:

❑EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP

❑RS-485: Modbus RTU, BACnet MS/TP

Table 31.1-30. PowerXL Series—DG1 I/O Card Kits

Table 31.1-31. PowerXL Series—DG1 Communication Card Kits

Table 31.1-32. PowerXL Series—DG1 Keypad Kits

PowerXL Series—DG1 Conversion and Flange Kits

The Type 12/IP54 option kit is used to convert a Type 1/IP21 to a

Type 12/IP54 drive. The kit includes cover, fan and grommets.

Table 31.1-33. Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kits 1

1For Frame 3 and above, consult factory.

The flange kit is used when the power section heat sink is

mounted through the back panel of an enclosure. The kit

includes hardware, top flange plate, bottom flange plate and

two side flange plates.

Table 31.1-34. Flange Kits

PowerXL Series—DG1 Demo Units

Table 31.1-35. Demo Units

Description Catalog Number

3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 x thermistor,

24 Vdc/EXT option card

DXG-EXT-3DI3DO1T

1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board)

option card

DXG-EXT-1AI2AO

3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC)

option card

DXG-EXT-3RO

3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input option card DXG-EXT-THER1

6 x DI 240 Vac input option card DXG-EXT-6DI

Description Catalog Number

PROFIBUS-DP communication card DXG-NET-PROFIBUS

CANopen communication card DXG-NET-CANOPEN

DeviceNet communication card DXG-NET-DEVICENET

PROFIBUS DB9 to 5-pin adapter card DXG-MNT-PROFIBUS

SmartWire communication card and module DXG-NET-SWD

Description Catalog Number

Standard keypad DXG-KEY-LCD

Remote keypad kit (IP 54 rated keypad

holder and 3 m cable)

DXG-KEY-RMTKIT

1 m remote keypad cable DXG-CBL-1M0

3 m remote keypad cable DXG-CBL-3M0

Remote keypad mounting holder only DXG-KEY-HOLDER

Type 12/IP54 keypad hole plug

(maintain rating without keypad)

DXG-KEY-N12PLUG

Description Catalog Number

Frame 1 230 V Type 12/IP54 kit DXG-ACC-2FR1N12KIT

Frame 1 480 V Type 12/IP54 kit DXG-ACC-4FR1N12KIT

Frame 2 Type 12/IP54 kit DXG-ACC-FR2N12KIT

Description Catalog Number

Frame 1 flange kit Type 12/IP54 DXG-ACC-FR1N12FK

Frame 2 flange kit Type 12/IP54 DXG-ACC-FR2N12FK

Frame 3 flange kit Type 12/IP54 DXG-ACC-FR3N12FK

Frame 4 flange kit Type 12/IP54 DXG-ACC-FR4N12FK

Frame 5 flange kit Type 12/IP54 DXG-ACC-FR5N12FK

Description Catalog Number

DG1 control module demo stand DG1-DEMO1

DG1 full drive demo case DG1-DEMO2

31.1-22

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

034

Technical Data and Specifications

Table 31.1-36. PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications

Attribute Description Specification

Input ratings Input voltage Uin 208 V to 240 V, 380 V to 500 V, 525 V to 600 V, –15 to 10%

Input frequency 50 Hz to 60 Hz (variation up to 45 Hz to 66 Hz)

Connection to power Once per minute or less

Starting delay 3 s (FR1 to FR2), 4 s (FR3), 5 s (FR4), 6 s (FR5 and FR6)

Short-circuit withstand rating 100 kAIC (fuses and circuit breakers)

Output ratings Output voltage 0 to Uin

Continuous output current IL: ambient temperature maximum 40 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)

IH: ambient temperature maximum 50 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.5 x IH (1 min./10 min.)

Overload current 150% respectively 110% (1 min./10 min.)

Initial output current 200% (2 s / 20 s)

Output frequency 0–400 Hz (standard)

Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz

Control

characteristics

Control methods Frequency control

Speed control

Open-loop speed control

Open-loop torque control

Switching frequency 230 V / 480 V range:

FR1–3: 1 kHz to 12 kHz

FR4–6: 1 kHz to 10 kHz

230 V / 480 V defaults:

FR1–3: 4 kHz

FR4–5: 3.6 kHz

FR6: 2 kHz

575 V range:

FR1–6: 1 kHz to 6 kHz

575 V defaults:

FR1–4: 3 kHz

FR5–6: 2 kHz

Automatic switching frequency derating in case of overload.

Frequency reference Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1%

Analog output: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1%

Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz

Field weakening point 20 Hz to 400 Hz

Acceleration time 0.1 s to 3000 s

Deceleration time 0.1 s to 3000 s

Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Motor Rated Torque (Tn) (without brake chopper)

Dynamic braking (with optional brake chopper using an external brake resistor):

100% continuous maximum rating

Ambient

conditions

Ambient operating temperature –10 °C (no frost) to +50 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (CT)

–10 °C (no frost) to +40 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (VT)

Storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C

Relative humidity 0–95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive

Air quality:

●Chemical vapors

●Mechanical particles

Tested according to IEC 60068-2-60 Test Key:

Flowing mixed gas corrosion test, Method 1 (H2S [hydrogen sulfide] and SO2 [sulfur dioxide])

Designed according to:

IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2

IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2

Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m); 1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above 3280

ft (1000 m); max. 9842 ft (3000 m) (2000 m for corner grounded earth main systems)

For 575 V product, maximum altitude is 6561 ft (2000 m) regardless of main system

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-23

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

035

Table 31.1-36. PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications (Continued)

Attribute Description Specification

Ambient conditions

(continued)

Vibration:

●EN 61800-5-1

●EN 60668-2-6

5–150 Hz

Displacement amplitude: 1 mm (peak) at 5 Hz to 15.8 Hz (FR1–FR6)

Maximum acceleration amplitude: 1g at 15.8 Hz to 150 Hz (FR1–FR6)

Shock:

●ISTA 1 A

●EN 60068-2-27

Storage and shipping: maximum 15 g, 11 ms (in package)

Overvoltage Overvoltage Category III

Pollution degree Pollution Degree 2

Enclosure class IP21/Type 1 standard in entire kW/hp range

IP54/Type 12 option

Note: Keypad or keypad hole plug required to be mounted in drive for IP54/Type 12 rating

Immunity Fulfills EN 61800-3 (2004), first and second environment

MTBF FR1: 165,457 hours

FR2: 134,833 hours

FR3: 102,515 hours

FR4: 121,567 hours

FR5: 108,189 hours

FR6: Available in 2016

Noise FR1: 51.2 dB

FR2: 58.6 dB

FR3: 61.0 dB

FR4: 68.0 dB

FR5: 69.1 dB

FR6: Available in 2016

Standards Safety UL 508C, CSA C22.2 No. 274-13 and EN 61800-5-1

EMC +EMC2: EN 61800-3 (2004), Category C2

The drive can be modified for IT networks and corner grounding TN system

Electrostatic discharge Second environment, IEC 61000-4-2, 4 kV CD or 8 kV AD, Criterion B

Fast transient burst Second environment, IEC 61000-4-4, 2 kV/5 kHz, Criterion B

Dielectrical strength Primary to secondary: 3600 Vac/5100 Vdc

Primary to earth: 2000 Vac/2828 Vdc

Approvals EAC, RCM (C-Tick), RoHS, CE, UL and cUL (see nameplate for more detailed approvals)

Fieldbus connections Onboard: EtherNet/IP, Modbus® TCP, Modbus RTU, BACnet

31.1-24

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

036

Table 31.1-36. PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications (Continued)

Attribute Description Specification

Safety/protections Overvoltage protection Yes

Overvoltage trip limit 230 V drives: 456 V

480 V drives: 911 V

575 V drives: 1100 V

Undervoltage protection Yes

Undervoltage trip limit 230 V drives: 211 V

480 V drives: 370 V

575 V drives: 550 V

Earth fault protection Yes

Default: 15% motor FLA

Minimum: 0% motor FLA

Maximum: 30% motor FLA

Input phase supervision Yes

Motor phase supervision Yes

Overcurrent protection Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously

Unit overtemperature

protection

Yes

Motor overload protection Yes

Motor stall protection Yes

Motor underload protection Yes

DC bus overvoltage control Yes

Short-circuit protection of 24 V

reference voltages

Yes

Surge protection Yes (differential mode 2 kV; common mode 4 kV

230 V drives: 275 Vac, 10,000 A

480 V drives: 320 Vac, 8000 A

575 V drives: 385 Vac, 10,000 A

Common coated boards Yes (prevents corrosion)

Efficiency Drive efficiency ratings 480 V: FR1 = 97.7%

480 V: FR2 = 97.9%

480 V: FR3 = 97.7%

480 V: FR4 = 98.0%

480 V: FR5 = 98.2%

230 V: FR1 = 96.7%

230 V: FR2 = 97.4%

230 V: FR3 = 97.2%

230 V: FR4 = 97.4%

230 V: FR5 = 97.7%

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-25

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

037

Wiring Diagram

Table 31.1-37. PowerXL Series—DG1 Control Wiring Diagram

Note: The above wiring demonstrates a SINK configuration. It is important that CMA and CMB are wired to ground (as shown by dashed line).

If a SOURCE configuration is desired, wire 24 V to CMA and CMB and close the inputs to ground. When using the +10 V for AI1, it is important

to wire AI1– to ground (as shown by dashed line). If using +10 V for AI1 or AI2, terminals 3, 5 and 6 need to be jumpered together.

External Wiring Pin Signal Name Signal Default Setting Description

1 +10 V Ref. Output Voltage — 10 Vdc Supply Source

2 AI1+ Analog Input 1 0–10 V Voltage Speed Reference (Programmable to 4 mA to 20 mA)

3 AI1– Analog Input 1 Ground — Analog Input 1 Common (Ground)

4 AI2+ Analog Input 2 4 mA to 20 mA Current Speed Reference (Programmable to 0–10 V)

5 AI2– Analog Input 2 Ground — Analog Input 2 Common (Ground)

6 GND I/O Signal Ground — I/O Ground for Reference and Control

7 DIN5 Digital Input 5 Preset Speed B0 Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 1

8 DIN6 Digital Input 6 Preset Speed B1 Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 2

9 DIN7 Digital Input 7 — —

10 DIN8 Digital Input 8 Force Remote (TI+) Input takes VFD from Local to Remote

11 CMB DI5 to DI8 Common Grounded Allows source input

12 GND I/O Signal Ground — I/O Ground for Reference and Control

13 24 V +24 Vdc Output — Control voltage output (100 mA max.)

14 DO1 Digital Output 1 Ready Shows the drive is ready to run

15 24 Vo +24 Vdc Output — Control voltage output (100 mA max.)

16 GND I/O Signal Ground — I/O Ground for Reference and Control

17 AO1+ Analog Output 1 Output Frequency Shows Output frequency to motor 0–60 Hz (4 mA to 20 mA)

18 AO2+ Analog Output 2 Motor Current Shows Motor current of motor 0–FLA (4 mA to 20 mA)

19 24 Vi +24 Vdc Input — External control voltage input

20 DIN1 Digital Input 1 Run Forward Input starts drive in forward direction (start enable)

21 DIN2 Digital Input 2 Run Reverse Input starts drive in reverse direction (start enable)

22 DIN3 Digital Input 3 External Fault Input causes drive to fault

23 DIN4 Digital Input 4 Fault Reset Input resets active faults

24 CMA DI1 to DI4 Common Grounded Allows source input

25 A RS-485 Signal A — Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet)

26 B RS-485 Signal B — Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet)

27 R3NO Relay 3 Normally Open At Speed Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency

28 R1NC Relay 1 Normally Closed Run Relay output 1 shows VFD is in a run state

29 R1CM Relay 1 Common

30 R1NO Relay 1 Normally Open

31 R3CM Relay 3 Common At Speed Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency

32 R2NC Relay 2 Normally Closed Fault Relay output 2 shows VFD is in a fault state

33 R2CM Relay 2 Common

34 R2NO Relay 2 Normally Open

Res

31.1-26

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

038

Control Board Layout

Figure 31.1-5. PowerXL Series—DG1 Control Board Layout

DSP Connection

to Power Board

Keypad

MCU Connection

to Power Board

RTC Battery (Standard)

RJ45 EtherNet/IP,

Modbus TCP

Optional Card Slot A

Optional Card Slot B

RS-485 Terminating

Resistor

MOV Screw

Motor Ground

Clamp Location

Grounding

Strap Location

Grounding

Strap Location

Line Ground

Clamp Location

Removable

EMC Screw

Control I/O

Terminals

AI Mode Selection

Safe Torque Off (STO)

Fan Power Wire

Line Side Motor

123

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-27

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

Enclosed Drives

039

Dimensions—Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Figure 31.1-6. PowerXL Series—DG1 Dimensions

1FR6 available in 2016.

Frame

Size

Volta ge hp

(CT/IH)

kW Amperes

(VT/L)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

Lb (kg)

D H1 H2 H3 W1W2W3W4Ø

FR1 230 Vac 0.75–3 0.55–2.2 3.5–11 7.91

(200.9)

12.87

(326.9)

12.28

(311.9)

11. 5 0

(292.1)

6.02

(153.0)

4.80

(121.9)

3.94

(100.1)

3.94

(100.1)

0.28

(7.0)

14.33

(6.5)

480 Vac 1–5 0.75–3.7 2.3–7.6

575 Vac 2–5 1.5–3.7 3.3–7.5

FR2 230 Vac 5–7.5 3–5.5 12.5–25 9.63

(244.7)

16.50

(419.1)

15.98

(405.9)

14.96

(380.0)

6.61

(167.8)

5.28

(134.1)

3.54

(90.0)

3.54

(90.0)

0.28

(7.0)

23.37

(10.6)

480 Vac 7.5–15 5.5–11 12–23

575 Vac 7.5–15 5.5–11 10–18

FR3 230 Vac 10–15 7.5–11 31–48 10.44

(265.1)

21.97

(558.0)

21.46

(545.0)

20.41

(518.5)

8.06

(204.6)

7. 2 4

(183.9)

4.92

(125.0)

4.92

(125.0)

0.35

(9.0)

49.82

(22.6)

480 Vac 20–30 15–22 31–46

575 Vac 20–30 15–22 22–34

FR4 230 Vac 20–30 15–22 61–88 11.57

(294.0)

24.80

(629.9)

24.31

(617.5)

23.27

(591.1)

9.36

(237.7)

9.13

(231.9)

8.07

(205.0)

8.07

(205.0)

0.35

(9.0)

77.60

(35.2)

480 Vac 40–60 30–45 61–87

575 Vac 40–60 30–45 41–62

FR5 230 Vac 40–60 30–45 114–170 13.41

(340.7)

34.98

(888.5)

29.65

(753.1)

27.83

(706.9)

11. 3 4

(288.0)

11. 1 0

(281.9)

8.66

(220.0)

8.66

(220.0)

0.35

(9.0)

154.32

(70.0)

480 Vac 75–125 55–90 105–170

575 Vac 75–125 55–90 80–125

FR6 1230 Vac 75–100 55–75 211–248 1 111111111

480 Vac 150–200 110–150 205–261

575 Vac 150–200 110–160 144–208

31.1-28

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGS Enclosed DG1

040

EGS Enclosed DG1

DG1 General Purpose Drive

Enclosed Drive

Product Description

The DG1 Enclosed Drive family

incorporates the latest Eaton drive

technology into pre-engineered

enclosed solutions covering the

industry’s most common applications.

Using the benefits of the PowerXL

DG1, the enclosed family provides

enhanced user safety with the Safe

Torque feature as well as industry-

leading energy efficiency from the

patented Active Energy Control

algorithm. Eaton further raises the

bar by providing customers with

industry best lead times with the

Rapid Response System. This system

allows customers to select from

9 million standard configurations that

have been pre-engineered with each

configuration having a set lead time.

The Rapid Response System delivers

an improved quotation process and a

faster delivery.

Features and Benefits

■Dual rated for both constant

torque (CT) / high overload (IH)

and variable torque (VT) / low

overload applications

■Optional Brake Chopper for external

braking applications

■Available circuit breaker, motor

circuit protector, fused disconnect,

isolation fusing and surge protec-

tion device options to provide input

power protection

■Optional 3% input and output

reactors provide a reduction in

voltage and current harmonics on

both line and load side

■Bypass options include a standard

three-contactor design and a

reduced voltage soft starter design

■Output contactor option provides

a means for positive disconnection

of the drive output from the motor

terminals

■MotoRX and dV/dt filter options are

used to reduce transients voltages

at the motor terminals

■Customizable cover control options

■Padlockable disconnect

■The PowerXL DG1 comes standard

with the following communication

protocols:

❑EtherNet/IP

❑Modbus/TCP

❑Modbus RTU

❑BACnet MS/TP

Communication Options

■PROFIBUS-DP

■LonWorks

■CANopen

■DeviceNet

Enclosure Ratings

■NEMA Type 1

■NEMA Type 12

■NEMA Type 3R

Mounting

■Wall mount

■Floor mount: 12-inch legs

■Floor mount: 22-inch legs

Product Range

■208 V: 0.75–100 hp

■230 V: 0.75–125 hp

■480 V: 1–250 hp

■230 V single-phase: 1–60 hp

■480 V single-phase: 1.5–125 hp

Standards and Certifications

■UL 508C tested, listed and approved

■OSHPD

Technical Specifications

■See PowerXL DG1 open drive

for technical specifications

(Table 31.1-36)

■See PowerXL DG1 open drive

(Table 31.1-37) for control wiring

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-29

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGS Enclosed DG1

041

Catalog Number Selection

Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers.

Table 31.1-38. DG1 Enclosed—Base Catalog Number

1Brake chopper is a factory-installed option only. Braking resistors sold separately. See DG1 drives starting on Page 31.1-31 for selection.

2Additional enclosure options including NEMA 4, 4X, 7 and 9 are available. Please contact the factory for configuration and pricing.

3Part number configuration continued on the following page.

EGS 3D5 1 D 1

Product Family

EGS = Enclosed DG1 drives—standard

Output Ampere Rating

208 V 230 V 480 V

3D5 = 3.5 A, 0.75 hp

4D6 = 4.6 A, 1 hp

6D6 = 6.6 A, 1.5 hp

7D5 = 7.5 A, 2 hp

010 = 10.6 A, 3 hp

016 = 16.7 A, 5 hp

024 = 24.2 A, 7.5 hp

030 = 30.8 A, 10 hp

046 = 46.2 A, 15 hp

059 = 59.4 A, 20 hp

074 = 74.8 A, 25 hp

088 = 88 A, 30 hp

114 = 114 A, 40 hp

143 = 143 A, 50 hp

169 = 169 A, 60 hp

211 = 211 A, 75 hp

273 = 273 A, 100 hp

3D2 = 3.2 A, 0.75 hp

4D2 = 4.2 A, 1 hp

6D0 = 6.0 A, 1.5 hp

6D8 = 6.8 A, 2 hp

9D6 = 9.6 A, 3 hp

015 = 15.2, 5 hp

022 = 22 A, 7.5 hp

028 = 28 A, 10 hp

042 = 42 A, 15 hp

054 = 54 A, 20 hp

068 = 68 A, 25 hp

080 = 80 A, 30 hp

104 = 104 A, 40 hp

130 = 130 A, 50 hp

154 = 154 A, 60 hp

192 = 192 A, 75 hp

248 = 248 A, 100 hp

312 = 312 A, 125 hp

2D1 = 2.1 A, 1 hp

3D0 = 3.0 A, 1.5 hp

3D4 = 3.4 A, 2 hp

4D8 = 4.8 A, 3 hp

7D6 = 7.6 A, 5 hp

011 = 11 A, 7.5 hp

014 = 14 A, 10 hp

021 = 21 A, 15 hp

027 = 27 A, 20 hp

034 = 34 A, 25 hp

040 = 40 A, 30 hp

052 = 52 A, 40 hp

065 = 65 A, 50 hp

077 = 77 A, 60 hp

096 = 96 A, 75 hp

124 = 124 A, 100 hp

156 = 156 A, 125 hp

180 = 180 A, 150 hp

240 = 240 A, 200 hp

302 = 302 A, 250 hp

Phasing, Voltage

1 = Input: Three-phase, 208 V

Output: Three-phase

2 = Input: Three-phase, 230 V

Output: Three-phase

4 = Input: Three-phase, 480 V

Output: Three-phase

5 = Input: Three-phase, 575 V

Output: Three-phase

J = Input: Single-phase, 230 V

Output: Three-phase

K = Input: Single-phase, 480 V

Output: Three-phase

Braking Application 1

A = No brake chopper, low overload

B = Brake chopper, low overload

C = No brake chopper, high overload

D = Brake chopper, high overload

Enclosure Rating 2

1 = NEMA Type 1

2 = NEMA Type 12

3 = NEMA Type 3R

6 = NEMA Type 1 Filtered and gasketed

• = Custom option

______

Options 3

See Page 31.1-30 for catalog

number option selection.

31.1-30

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGS Enclosed DG1

042

Table 31.1-39. DG1 Enclosed—Base Catalog Number

1HMCP disconnect option required and only available when bypass is selected.

2More options are available as Engineered to Order through the Bid Manager tool.

3All bypass options include third contactor for drive isolation when in bypass mode.

4Output contactor not available with bypass. Bypass comes standard with output contactor.

5Pilot devices are 22 mm standard. 30 mm options are available as engineered to order through the Bid Manager tool

EGS 3D5 1 D 1 2 0 0 B 1 0 0 0 0

Power Disconnect Options

0 = None

1 = MCP disconnect 1

2 = Circuit breaker

3 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing

4 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/3% input reactor

5 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD

6 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor

7 = Circuit breaker/3% input reactor

8 = Circuit breaker/SPD

9 = Circuit breaker/SPD/3% input reactor

A = Fused disconnect

B = Fused disconnect/SPD

C = Fused disconnect/SPD/3% input reactor

D = Fused disconnect/3% input reactor

E = Isolation fuses

F = Isolation fuses/3% input reactor

G = Isolation fuses/SPD

H = Isolation fuses/SPD/3% input reactor

• = Custom option 2

Base Catalog Number Example

See Page 31.1-29 for base catalog

number selection.

Output Power Options 4

0 =None

A = Output contactor

B = 3% Output reactor

C = MotoRX filter

D =dV/dt filter

E = 3% Output Reactor/

= output contactor

F = MotoRX/output contactor

G = dV/dt/output contactor

• = Custom option 2

Option Boards 2

Same options and codes as Option Boards 1

Communication Options

0 = No option

1 = PROFIBUS-DP

2 = LonWorks (SVX only)

3 = CANopen (slave)

4 = DeviceNet

5 = PROFIBUS-DP (D9 connector)

6 = Modbus (SVX only)

7 = Modbus (D9 connector) (SVX only)

8 = Johnson Controls N2 (SVX only)

9 = Modbus TCP (SVX only)

A = BACnet (SVX only)

B = EtherNet/IP (SVX only)

C = RS-232 with D9 connector (SVX only)

D = SmartWire-DT (DG1 only)

• = Custom option 2

Light Options 5

0 =None

1 = Non-bypass light kit—Power On, Run, Fault

2 = Bypass light kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run

• = Custom option 2

Option Boards 1

0 = No option

1 = 3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 Thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT

(DG1 only)

2 = 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board)

(DG1 only)

3 = 3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC) (DG1 only)

4 = 3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input (DG1 only)

5 = 6 DI 240 Vac input (DG1 only)

6 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc (SVX only)

7 = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm (SVX only)

8 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc (SVX only)

9 = 3 RO (NO) (SVX only)

A = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100 (SVX only)

B = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input (SVX only)

C = Encoder low volt +5 V / 15 V / 24 V

(high-performance drive only)

D = Encoder high volt +15 V / 24 V

(high-performance drive only)

E = Double encoder (high-performance drive only)

• = Custom option 2

Bypass Options 3

0 = None

1 = Manual HOA bypass

2 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing

3 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor

4 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD

5 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor

6 = Manual HOA bypass/3% input reactor

7 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD

8 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD/3% input reactor

H = Manual HOA RVSS bypass

J = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing

K = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor

L = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD

M = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/

SPD/3% input reactor

N = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/3% input reactor

P = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD

R = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD/3% input reactor

• = Custom option 2

Enclosure Options

0 = None

1 = Floor stand—12 inches

2 = Floor stand—22 inches

A = Space heater

B = Space heater and 12-inch floor stands

C = Space heater and 22-inch floor stands

• = Custom option 2

Control Options 5

0 = None

1 = Speed pot

2 = Start-stop pushbutton

3 = Start-stop pushbutton

with speed pot

A = HOA switch

B = Start-stop pushbutton with

speed pot and HOA switch

C = Start-stop pushbutton

with HOA switch

D = HOA switch with speed pot

• = Custom option 2

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-31

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGS Enclosed DG1

043

Production Selection

Table 31.1-40. 208 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives

1Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page 31.1-30.

2These units are current rated. They do not meet NEC ampere rating at this horsepower.

Table 31.1-41. 208 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives

3Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page 31.1-30.

hp Current (A) Drive

Frame Size

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Base

Catalog Number 1

Base

Catalog Number 1

Base

Catalog Number 1

0.75

1.5

3.5

4.6

6.6

EGS3D51D1

EGS4D61D1

EGS6D61D1

EGS3D51D2

EGS4D61D2

EGS6D61D2

EGS3D51D3

EGS4D61D3

EGS6D61D3

7. 5

10.6

16.7

EGS7D51D1

EGS0101D1

EGS0161D1

EGS7D51D2

EGS0101D2

EGS0161D2

EGS7D51D3

EGS0101D3

EGS0161D3

7. 5

24.2

30.8

46.2

EGS0241D1

EGS0301D1

EGS0461D1

EGS0241D2

EGS0301D2

EGS0461D2

EGS0241D3

EGS0301D3

EGS0461D3

59.4

74.8

EGS0591C1

EGS0741C1

EGS0881C1

EGS0591C2

EGS0741C2

EGS0881C2

EGS0591C3

EGS0741C3

EGS0881C3

114

143

169

EGS1141C1

EGS1431C1

EGS1691C1

EGS1141C2

EGS1431C2

EGS1691C2

EGS1141C3

EGS1431C3

EGS1691C3

100 2

211

261 2

EGS2111C1

EGS2611C1

EGS2111C2

EGS2611C2

EGS2 111C3

EGS2611C3

hp Current (A) Drive

Frame Size

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Base

Catalog Number 3

Base

Catalog Number 3

Base

Catalog Number 3

1.5

4.6

6.6

7. 5

EGS4D61B1

EGS6D61B1

EGS7D51B1

EGS4D61B2

EGS6D61B2

EGS7D51B2

EGS4D61B3

EGS6D61B3

EGS7D51B3

7. 5

10.6

16.7

24.2

EGS0101B1

EGS0161B1

EGS0241B1

EGS0101B2

EGS0161B2

EGS0241B2

EGS0101B3

EGS0161B3

EGS0241B3

30.8

46.2

59.4

EGS0301B1

EGS0461B1

EGS0591B1

EGS0301B2

EGS0461B2

EGS0591B2

EGS0301B3

EGS0461B3

EGS0591B3

74.8

114

EGS0741A1

EGS0881A1

EGS1141A1

EGS0741A2

EGS0881A2

EGS1141A2

EGS0741A3

EGS0881A3

EGS1141A3

100

143

169

211

273

EGS1431A1

EGS1691A1

EGS2 111A1

EGS2731A1

EGS1431A2

EGS1691A2

EGS2 111A2

EGS2731A2

EGS1431A3

EGS1691A3

EGS2 111A3

EGS2731A3

31.1-32

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGS Enclosed DG1

044

Table 31.1-42. 230 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives

1Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page 31.1-30.

Table 31.1-43. 230 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives

2Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page 31.1-30.

hp Current (A) Drive

Frame Size

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Base

Catalog Number 1

Base

Catalog Number 1

Base

Catalog Number 1

0.75

1.5

3.2

4.2

EGS3D22D1

EGS4D22D1

EGS6D02D1

EGS3D22D2

EGS4D22D2

EGS6D02D2

EGS3D22D3

EGS4D22D3

EGS6D02D3

6.8

9.6

15.2

EGS6D82D1

EGS9D62D1

EGS0152D1

EGS6D82D2

EGS9D62D2

EGS0152D2

EGS6D82D3

EGS9D62D3

EGS0152D3

7. 5

EGS0222D1

EGS0282D1

EGS0422D1

EGS0222D2

EGS0282D2

EGS0422D2

EGS0222D3

EGS0282D3

EGS0422D3

EGS0542C1

EGS0682C1

EGS0802C1

EGS0542C2

EGS0682C2

EGS0802C2

EGS0542C3

EGS0682C3

EGS0802C3

104

130

154

EGS1042C1

EGS1302C1

EGS1542C1

EGS1042C2

EGS1302C2

EGS1542C2

EGS1042C3

EGS1302C3

EGS1542C3

100

192

248

EGS1922C1

EGS2482C1

EGS1922C2

EGS2482C2

EGS1922C3

EGS2482C3

hp Current (A) Drive

Frame Size

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Base

Catalog Number 2

Base

Catalog Number 2

Base

Catalog Number 2

1.5

4.2

6.8

EGS4D22B1

EGS6D02B1

EGS6D82B1

EGS4D22B2

EGS6D02B2

EGS6D82B2

EGS4D22B3

EGS6D02B3

EGS6D82B3

7. 5

9.6

15.2

EGS9D62B1

EGS0152B1

EGS0222B1

EGS9D62B2

EGS0152B2

EGS0222B2

EGS9D62B3

EGS0152B3

EGS0222B3

EGS0282B1

EGS0422B1

EGS0542B1

EGS0282B2

EGS0422B2

EGS0542B2

EGS0282B3

EGS0422B3

EGS0542B3

104

EGS0682A1

EGS0802A1

EGS1042A1

EGS0682A2

EGS0802A2

EGS1042A2

EGS0682A3

EGS0802A3

EGS1042A3

130

154

192

EGS1302A1

EGS1542A1

EGS1922A1

EGS1302A2

EGS1542A2

EGS1922A2

EGS1302A3

EGS1542A3

EGS1922A3

100

125

248

312

EGS2482A1

EGS3122A1

EGS2482A2

EGS3122A2

EGS2482A3

EGS3122A3

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-33

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGS Enclosed DG1

045

Table 31.1-44. 480 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives

1Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page 31.1-30.

Table 31.1-45. 480 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives

2Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page 31.1-30.

hp Current (A) Drive

Frame Size

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Base

Catalog Number 1

Base

Catalog Number 1

Base

Catalog Number 1

1.5

2.1

3.4

EGS2D14D1

EGS3D04D1

EGS3D44D1

EGS2D14D2

EGS3D04D2

EGS3D44D2

EGS2D14D3

EGS3D04D3

EGS3D44D3

7. 5

4.8

7. 6

EGS4D84D1

EGS7D64D1

EGS0114D1

EGS4D84D2

EGS7D64D2

EGS0114D2

EGS4D84D3

EGS7D64D3

EGS0114D3

EGS0144D1

EGS0214D1

EGS0274D1

EGS0144D2

EGS0214D2

EGS0274D2

EGS0144D3

EGS0214D3

EGS0274D3

EGS0344D1

EGS0404D1

EGS0524C1

EGS0344D2

EGS0404D2

EGS0524C2

EGS0344D3

EGS0404D3

EGS0524C3

EGS0654C1

EGS0774C1

EGS0964C1

EGS0654C2

EGS0774C2

EGS0964C2

EGS0654C3

EGS0774C3

EGS0964C3

100

125

150

200

124

156

180

240

EGS1244C1

EGS1564C1

EGS1804C1

EGS2404C1

EGS1244C2

EGS1564C2

EGS1804C2

EGS2404C2

EGS1244C3

EGS1564C3

EGS1804C3

EGS2404C3

hp Current (A) Drive

Frame Size

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Base

Catalog Number 2

Base

Catalog Number 2

Base

Catalog Number 2

1.5

3.4

4.8

EGS3D04B1

EGS3D44B1

EGS4D84B1

EGS3D04B2

EGS3D44B2

EGS4D84B2

EGS3D04B3

EGS3D44B3

EGS4D84B3

7. 5

7. 6

EGS7D64B1

EGS0114B1

EGS0144B1

EGS7D64B2

EGS0114B2

EGS0144B2

EGS7D64B3

EGS0114B3

EGS0144B3

EGS0214B1

EGS0274B1

EGS0344B1

EGS0214B2

EGS0274B2

EGS0344B2

EGS0214B3

EGS0274B3

EGS0344B3

EGS0404B3

EGS0524B3

EGS0654A3

EGS0404B1

EGS0524B1

EGS0654A1

EGS0404B2

EGS0524B2

EGS0654A2

100

124

EGS0774A1

EGS0964A1

EGS1244A1

EGS0774A2

EGS0964A2

EGS1244A2

EGS0774A3

EGS0964A3

EGS1244A3

125

150

200

250

156

180

240

302

EGS1564A1

EGS1804A1

EGS2404A1

EGS3024A1

EGS1564A2

EGS1804A2

EGS2404A2

EGS3024A2

EGS1564A3

EGS1804A3

EGS2404A3

EGS3024A3

31.1-34

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGS Enclosed DG1

046

Table 31.1-46. 230 V Single-Phase Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives

1Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page 31.1-30.

Table 31.1-47. 480 V Single-Phase Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives

2Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page 31.1-30.

hp Current (A) Drive

Frame Size

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Base

Catalog Number 1

Base

Catalog Number 1

Base

Catalog Number 1

1.5

4.2

6.8

EGS4D2JB1

EGS6D0JB1

EGS6D8JB1

EGS4D2JB2

EGS6D0JB2

EGS6D8JB2

EGS4D2JB3

EGS6D0JB3

EGS6D8JB3

7. 5

9.6

15.2

EGS9D6JB1

EGS015JB1

EGS022JB1

EGS9D6JB2

EGS015JB2

EGS022JB2

EGS9D6JB3

EGS015JB3

EGS022JB3

EGS028JB1

EGS042JB1

EGS054JB1

EGS028JB2

EGS042JB2

EGS054JB2

EGS028JB3

EGS042JB3

EGS054JB3

104

EGS068JA1

EGS080JA1

EGS104JA1

EGS068JA2

EGS080JA2

EGS104JA2

EGS068JA3

EGS080JA3

EGS104JA3

130

154

EGS130JA1

EGS154JA1

EGS130JA2

EGS154JA2

EGS130JA3

EGS154JA3

hp Current (A) Drive

Frame Size

N E M A Ty p e 1 N E M A Ty p e 1 2 N E M A Ty p e 3 R

Base

Catalog Number 2

Base

Catalog Number 2

Base

Catalog Number 2

1.5

3.4

4.8

EGS3D0KB1

EGS3D4KB1

EGS4D8KB1

EGS3D0KB2

EGS3D4KB2

EGS4D8KB2

EGS3D0KB3

EGS3D4KB3

EGS4D8KB3

7. 5

7. 6

EGS7D6KB1

EGS011KB1

EGS014KB1

EGS7D6KB2

EGS011KB2

EGS014KB2

EGS7D6KB3

EGS011KB3

EGS014KB3

EGS021KB1

EGS027KB1

EGS034KB1

EGS021KB2

EGS027KB2

EGS034KB2

EGS021KB3

EGS027KB3

EGS034KB3

EGS040KB1

EGS052KB1

EGS065KA1

EGS040KB2

EGS052KB2

EGS065KA2

EGS040KB3

EGS052KB3

EGS065KA3

100

125

124

156

EGS077KA1

EGS096KA1

EGS124KA1

EGS156KA1

EGS077KA2

EGS096KA2

EGS124KA2

EGS156KA2

EGS077KA3

EGS096KA3

EGS124KA3

EGS156KA3

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-35

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGS Enclosed DG1

047

Options

Table 31.1-48. Input Power Options

Table 31.1-49. Bypass Options

Option Description

HMCP Disconnect The HMCP motor protection circuit breaker uses an electronic trip unit to provide typical motor overload relay

functionality and short-circuit protection against potential phase-to-phase or phase-to-ground faults.

Circuit Breaker Utilizes a circuit breaker to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it

and the drive, and protection from high-level ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means

of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position.

This is factory mounted in the enclosure.

Isolation Fusing Provides high-level fault protection of the drive input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the

input side of the power transistors. This option consists of three 200 kA fuses that are factory mounted in

the enclosure.

3% Input Reactor The input reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the line side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction

in voltage and current harmonics. It also provides increased input protection for AFD and its semiconductors

from line transients.

SPD Provides a surge protection device (SPD) connected to the line side terminals and is designed to clip line side

transients.

Fused Disconnect Utilizes fusing to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the drive, and

protection from high-level ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the

drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted

in the enclosure.

Option Description

Manual HOA Bypass Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of

operation. HAND mode is defaulted keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an

external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via programming to allow for

alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and fieldbus.

Manual HOA RVSS Bypass This option adds a reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for soft starting in bypass mode.

31.1-36

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGS Enclosed DG1

048

Table 31.1-50. Output Power Options

Table 31.1-51. Control Options

Table 31.1-52. Light Options

Table 31.1-53. Enclosure Options

Option Description

Output Contactor Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil

is controlled by the drive’s run or permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10 A, 600 Vac are

provided for customer use. This option includes a low VA 115 Vac fused control power transformer and is

factory mounted in the enclosure.

3% Output Reactor The output reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the load side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction

in voltage and current harmonics.

MotoRX Filter Used to reduce transient voltage (dV/dt) and peak voltages at the motor terminals. This option is comprised of a

0.5% line reactor, followed by capacitive filtering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit. Unlike the traditional

dV/dt filter, the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the voltage peaks, resulting in a lower voltage drop

to the motor, therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between a single motor and

the drive is 300–600 ft (91–183 m). This option can not be used with the brake chopper circuit. in this case, the

traditional dV/dt filter should be investigated as an alternative.

dV/dt Filter Used to reduce the transient voltage (dV/dt) at the motor terminals. The traditional dV/dt filter is recommended

for cable lengths exceeding 100 ft (30 m) with a drive of 3 hp and above, for cable lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with a

drive of 2 hp and below, or for a drive rated at 525–690 V. This option is mounted in the enclosure and may be

used in conjunction with a brake chopper circuit. This option is mounted in the enclosure.

Option Description

Speed Pot Provides the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses the

10 Vdc reference to generate a 0–10 V signal at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass

option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch is in the HAND position. Without the HOA bypass

option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from

the speed potentiometer or a remote speed signal.

HOA Switch Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of

peration. HAND mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an

external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via drive programming to allow for

alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include Keypad, I/O and fieldbus.

Start-Stop Pushbutton Provides door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations.

Option Description

Non-Bypass Light Kit—Power On,

Run, Fault

Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates

the drive is running and a red FAULT light that indicates a drive fault has occurred.

Bypass Light Kit—On, VFD Run, Fault,

Bypass Run

Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates

the drive is running, a red FAULT light that indicates a drive fault has occurred and an amber light that indicates

when the motor is running in Bypass mode.

Option Description

Floor Stand 12 in Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 12 in (304.8 mm).

Floor Stand 22 in Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 22 in (558.8 mm).

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-37

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGF Passive Filtered DG1

049

EGF Passive Filtered DG1

EGF Enclosed Drives

Product Description

Eaton’s Enclosed EGF Drives combine

harmonic distortion reduction and true

power factor performance with the

latest in Eaton adjustable frequency

drive technology to deliver an

industry-leading solution. This pre-

engineered passive filtered solution

prevents transformer overheating

and overloading of breakers and

feeders, which enables the application

of adjustable frequency drives on

generators and other high impedance

power systems.

Features and Benefits

■Tuned passive filter

■Delivers 5–8% THD

■Generator compatible

■Uses the same DG1, SVX or

SPX drive that is stocked in

the warehouse

■Simple to retrofit

■Provides a low-impedance path to

ground for the harmonic frequencies

■Meets IEEE 519-2014

■Excellent cost for performance

■Small footprint, compact

enclosure design

■Insensitive to voltage imbalance

■Customizable cover control options

■Padlockable disconnect

■The PowerXL DG1 comes standard

with the following communication

protocols:

❑EtherNet/IP

❑Modbus/TCP

❑Modbus RTU

❑BACnet MS/TP

Communication Options

■PROFIBUS-DP

■LonWorks

■CANopen

■DeviceNet

Enclosure Ratings

■NEMA Type 1

■NEMA Type 12

■NEMA Type 3R

Mounting

■Wall mount

■Floor mount: 12-inch legs

■Floor mount: 22-inch legs

Product Range

■208 V: 0.75–100 hp

■230 V: 0.75–125 hp

■480 V: 1–250 hp

Standards and Certifications

■UL 508C tested, listed and approved

■OSHPD

31.1-38

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGF Passive Filtered DG1

050

Catalog Number Selection

Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers.

Table 31.1-54. EGF Enclosed—Base Catalog Number

1Brake chopper is a factory-installed option only. Braking resistors sold separately. See DG1 drives starting on Page 31.1-31 for selection.

2Additional enclosure options including NEMA 4, 4X, 7 and 9 are available. Please contact the factory for configuration and pricing.

3Part number configuration continued on the following page.

EGF 3D5 1 D 1

Product Family

EGF = Enclosed DG1 drives—

passive filtered

Output Ampere Rating

208 V 230 V 480 V

3D5 = 3.5 A, 0.75 hp

4D6 = 4.6 A, 1 hp

6D6 = 6.6 A, 1.5 hp

7D5 = 7.5 A, 2 hp

010 = 10.6 A, 3 hp

016 = 16.7 A, 5 hp

024 = 24.2 A, 7.5 hp

030 = 30.8 A, 10 hp

046 = 46.2 A, 15 hp

059 = 59.4 A, 20 hp

074 = 74.8 A, 25 hp

088 = 88 A, 30 hp

114 = 114 A, 40 hp

143 = 143 A, 50 hp

169 = 169 A, 60 hp

211 = 211 A, 75 hp

273 = 273 A, 100 hp

3D2 = 3.2 A, 0.75 hp

4D2 = 4.2 A, 1 hp

6D0 = 6.0 A, 1.5 hp

6D8 = 6.8 A, 2 hp

9D6 = 9.6 A, 3 hp

015 = 15.2, 5 hp

022 = 22 A, 7.5 hp

028 = 28 A, 10 hp

042 = 42 A, 15 hp

054 = 54 A, 20 hp

068 = 68 A, 25 hp

080 = 80 A, 30 hp

104 = 104 A, 40 hp

130 = 130 A, 50 hp

154 = 154 A, 60 hp

192 = 192 A, 75 hp

248 = 248 A, 100 hp

312 = 312 A, 125 hp

2D1 = 2.1 A, 1 hp

3D0 = 3.0 A, 1.5 hp

3D4 = 3.4 A, 2 hp

4D8 = 4.8 A, 3 hp

7D6 = 7.6 A, 5 hp

011 = 11 A, 7.5 hp

014 = 14 A, 10 hp

021 = 21 A, 15 hp

027 = 27 A, 20 hp

034 = 34 A, 25 hp

040 = 40 A, 30 hp

052 = 52 A, 40 hp

065 = 65 A, 50 hp

077 = 77 A, 60 hp

096 = 96 A, 75 hp

124 = 124 A, 100 hp

156 = 156 A, 125 hp

180 = 180 A, 150 hp

240 = 240 A, 200 hp

302 = 302 A, 250 hp

Phasing, Voltage

1 = Input: Three-phase, 208 V

Output: Three-phase

2 = Input: Three-phase, 230 V

Output: Three-phase

4 = Input: Three-phase, 480 V

Output: Three-phase

5 = Input: Three-phase, 575 V

Output: Three-phase

J = Input: Single-phase, 230 V

Output: Three-phase

K = Input: Single-phase, 480 V

Output: Three-phase

Braking Application 1

A = No brake chopper, low overload

B = Brake chopper, low overload

C = No brake chopper, high overload

D = Brake chopper, high overload

Enclosure Rating 2

1 = NEMA Type 1

2 = NEMA Type 12

3 = NEMA Type 3R

6 = NEMA Type 1 Filtered

• = Custom option

______

Options 3

See Page 31.1-39 for catalog

number option selection.

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-39

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGF Passive Filtered DG1

051

Table 31.1-55. EGF Enclosed—Catalog Number Options

1HMCP disconnect option required and only available when bypass is selected.

2More options are available as Engineered to Order through the Bid Manager tool.

3All bypass options include third contactor for drive isolation when in bypass mode.

4Output contactor not available with bypass. Bypass comes standard with output contactor.

5Pilot devices are 22 mm standard. 30 mm options are available as engineered to order through the Bid Manager tool.

EGF 3D5 1 D 1 2 0 0 B 1 0 0 0 0

Power Disconnect Options

0 = None

1 = MCP disconnect 1

2 = Circuit breaker

3 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing

4 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/3% input reactor

5 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD

6 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor

7 = Circuit breaker/3% input reactor

8 = Circuit breaker/SPD

9 = Circuit breaker/SPD/3% input reactor

A = Fused disconnect

B = Fused disconnect/SPD

C = Fused disconnect/SPD/3% input reactor

D = Fused disconnect/3% input reactor

E = Isolation fuses

F = Isolation fuses/3% input reactor

G = Isolation fuses/SPD

H = Isolation fuses/SPD/3% input reactor

• = Custom option 2

Base Catalog Number Example

See Page 31.1-38 for base catalog

number selection.

Output Power Options 4

0 =None

A = Output contactor

B = 3% Output reactor

C = MotoRX filter

D =dV/dt filter

E = 3% Output Reactor/

= output contactor

F = MotoRX/output contactor

G = dV/dt/output contactor

• = Custom option 2

Option Boards 2

Same options and codes as Option Boards 1

Communication Options

0 = No option

1 = PROFIBUS-DP

2 = LonWorks (SVX only)

3 = CANopen (slave)

4 = DeviceNet

5 = PROFIBUS-DP (D9 connector)

6 = Modbus (SVX only)

7 = Modbus (D9 connector) (SVX only)

8 = Johnson Controls N2 (SVX only)

9 = Modbus TCP (SVX only)

A = BACnet (SVX only)

B = EtherNet/IP (SVX only)

C = RS-232 with D9 connector (SVX only)

D = SmartWire-DT (DG1 only)

• = Custom option 2

Light Options 5

0 =None

1 = Non-bypass light kit—Power On, Run, Fault

2 = Bypass light kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run

• = Custom option 2

Option Boards 1

0 = No option

1 = 3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 Thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT

(DG1 only)

2 = 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board)

(DG1 only)

3 = 3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC) (DG1 only)

4 = 3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input (DG1 only)

5 = 6 DI 240 Vac input (DG1 only)

6 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc (SVX only)

7 = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm (SVX only)

8 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc (SVX only)

9 = 3 RO (NO) (SVX only)

A = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100 (SVX only)

B = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input (SVX only)

C = Encoder low volt +5 V / 15 V / 24 V

(high-performance drive only)

D = Encoder high volt +15 V / 24 V

(high-performance drive only)

E = Double encoder (high-performance drive only)

• = Custom option 2

Bypass Options 3

0 = None

1 = Manual HOA bypass

2 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing

3 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor

4 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD

5 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor

6 = Manual HOA bypass/3% input reactor

7 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD

8 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD/3% input reactor

H = Manual HOA RVSS bypass

J = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing

K = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor

L = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD

M = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/

SPD/3% input reactor

N = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/3% input reactor

P = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD

R = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD/3% input reactor

• = Custom option 2

Enclosure Options

0 = None

1 = Floor stand—12 inches

2 = Floor stand—22 inches

A = Space heater

B = Space heater and 12-inch floor stands

C = Space heater and 22-inch floor stands

• = Custom option 2

Control Options 5

0 = None

1 = Speed pot

2 = Start-stop pushbutton

3 = Start-stop pushbutton

with speed pot

A = HOA switch

B = Start-stop pushbutton with

speed pot and HOA switch

C = Start-stop pushbutton

with HOA switch

D = HOA switch with speed pot

• = Custom option 2

31.1-40

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGF Passive Filtered DG1

052

Production Selection

Table 31.1-56. 208 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives

1Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page 31.1-38.

2These units are current rated. They do not meet NEC ampere rating at this horsepower.

Table 31.1-57. 208 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives

3Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page 31.1-38.

hp Current (A) Drive

Frame Size

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Base

Catalog Number 1

Base

Catalog Number 1

Base

Catalog Number 1

0.75

1.5

3.5

4.6

6.6

EGF3D51D1

EGF4D61D1

EGF6D61D1

EGF3D51D2

EGF4D61D2

EGF6D61D2

EGF3D51D3

EGF4D61D3

EGF6D61D3

7. 5

10.6

16.7

EGF7D51D1

EGF0101D1

EGF0161D1

EGF7D51D2

EGF0101D2

EGF0161D2

EGF7D51D3

EGF0101D3

EGF0161D3

7. 5

24.2

30.8

46.2

EGF0241D1

EGF0301D1

EGF0461D1

EGF0241D2

EGF0301D2

EGF0461D2

EGF0241D3

EGF0301D3

EGF0461D3

59.4

74.8

EGF0591C1

EGF0741C1

EGF0881C1

EGF0591C2

EGF0741C2

EGF0881C2

EGF0591C3

EGF0741C3

EGF0881C3

114

143

169

EGF1141C1

EGF1431C1

EGF1691C1

EGF1141C2

EGF1431C2

EGF1691C2

EGF1141C3

EGF1431C3

EGF1691C3

100 2

211

261 2

EGF2 111C1

EGF2611C1

EGF2 111C2

EGF2611C2

EGF2 111C3

EGF2611C3

hp Current (A) Drive

Frame Size

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Base

Catalog Number 3

Base

Catalog Number 3

Base

Catalog Number 3

1.5

4.6

6.6

7. 5

EGF4D61B1

EGF6D61B1

EGF7D51B1

EGF4D61B2

EGF6D61B2

EGF7D51B2

EGF4D61B3

EGF6D61B3

EGF7D51B3

7. 5

10.6

16.7

24.2

EGF0101B1

EGF0161B1

EGF0241B1

EGF0101B2

EGF0161B2

EGF0241B2

EGF0101B3

EGF0161B3

EGF0241B3

30.8

46.2

59.4

EGF0301B1

EGF0461B1

EGF0591B1

EGF0301B2

EGF0461B2

EGF0591B2

EGF0301B3

EGF0461B3

EGF0591B3

74.8

114

EGF0741A1

EGF0881A1

EGF1141A1

EGF0741A2

EGF0881A2

EGF1141A2

EGF0741A3

EGF0881A3

EGF1141A3

100

143

169

211

273

EGF1431A1

EGF1691A1

EGF2 111A1

EGF2731A1

EGF1431A2

EGF1691A2

EGF2 111A2

EGF2731A2

EGF1431A3

EGF1691A3

EGF2 111A3

EGF2731A3

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-41

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGF Passive Filtered DG1

053

Table 31.1-58. 230 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives

1Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page 31.1-38.

Table 31.1-59. 230 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives

2Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page 31.1-38.

hp Current (A) Drive

Frame Size

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Base

Catalog Number 1

Base

Catalog Number 1

Base

Catalog Number 1

0.75

1.5

3.2

4.2

EGF3D22D1

EGF4D22D1

EGF6D02D1

EGF3D22D2

EGF4D22D2

EGF6D02D2

EGF3D22D3

EGF4D22D3

EGF6D02D3

6.8

9.6

15.2

EGF6D82D1

EGF9D62D1

EGF0152D1

EGF6D82D2

EGF9D62D2

EGF0152D2

EGF6D82D3

EGF9D62D3

EGF0152D3

7. 5

EGF0222D1

EGF0282D1

EGF0422D1

EGF0222D2

EGF0282D2

EGF0422D2

EGF0222D3

EGF0282D3

EGF0422D3

EGF0542C1

EGF0682C1

EGF0802C1

EGF0542C2

EGF0682C2

EGF0802C2

EGF0542C3

EGF0682C3

EGF0802C3

104

130

154

EGF1042C1

EGF1302C1

EGF1542C1

EGF1042C2

EGF1302C2

EGF1542C2

EGF1042C3

EGF1302C3

EGF1542C3

100

192

248

EGF1922C1

EGF2482C1

EGF1922C2

EGF2482C2

EGF1922C3

EGF2482C3

hp Current (A) Drive

Frame Size

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Base

Catalog Number 2

Base

Catalog Number 2

Base

Catalog Number 2

1.5

4.2

6.8

EGF4D22B1

EGF6D02B1

EGF6D82B1

EGF4D22B2

EGF6D02B2

EGF6D82B2

EGF4D22B3

EGF6D02B3

EGF6D82B3

7. 5

9.6

15.2

EGF9D62B1

EGF0152B1

EGF0222B1

EGF9D62B2

EGF0152B2

EGF0222B2

EGF9D62B3

EGF0152B3

EGF0222B3

EGF0282B1

EGF0422B1

EGF0542B1

EGF0282B2

EGF0422B2

EGF0542B2

EGF0282B3

EGF0422B3

EGF0542B3

104

EGF0682A1

EGF0802A1

EGF1042A1

EGF0682A2

EGF0802A2

EGF1042A2

EGF0682A3

EGF0802A3

EGF1042A3

130

154

192

EGF1302A1

EGF1542A1

EGF1922A1

EGF1302A2

EGF1542A2

EGF1922A2

EGF1302A3

EGF1542A3

EGF1922A3

100

125

248

312

EGF2482A1

EGF3122A1

EGF2482A2

EGF3122A2

EGF2482A3

EGF3122A3

31.1-42

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGF Passive Filtered DG1

054

Table 31.1-60. 480 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives

1Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page 31.1-38.

Table 31.1-61. 480 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives

2Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page 31.1-38.

hp Current (A) Drive

Frame Size

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Base

Catalog Number 1

Base

Catalog Number 1

Base

Catalog Number 1

1.5

2.1

3.4

EGF2D14D1

EGF3D04D1

EGF3D44D1

EGF2D14D2

EGF3D04D2

EGF3D44D2

EGF2D14D3

EGF3D04D3

EGF3D44D3

7. 5

4.8

7. 6

EGF4D84D1

EGF7D64D1

EGF0114D1

EGF4D84D2

EGF7D64D2

EGF0114D2

EGF4D84D3

EGF7D64D3

EGF0114D3

EGF0144D1

EGF0214D1

EGF0274D1

EGF0144D2

EGF0214D2

EGF0274D2

EGF0144D3

EGF0214D3

EGF0274D3

EGF0344D1

EGF0404D1

EGF0524C1

EGF0344D2

EGF0404D2

EGF0524C2

EGF0344D3

EGF0404D3

EGF0524C3

EGF0654C1

EGF0774C1

EGF0964C1

EGF0654C2

EGF0774C2

EGF0964C2

EGF0654C3

EGF0774C3

EGF0964C3

100

125

150

200

124

156

180

240

EGF1244C1

EGF1564C1

EGF1804C1

EGF2404C1

EGF1244C2

EGF1564C2

EGF1804C2

EGF2404C2

EGF1244C3

EGF1564C3

EGF1804C3

EGF2404C3

hp Current (A) Drive

Frame Size

N E M A Ty p e 1 N E M A Ty p e 1 2 N E M A Ty p e 3 R

Base

Catalog Number 2

Base

Catalog Number 2

Base

Catalog Number 2

1.5

3.4

4.8

EGF3D04B1

EGF3D44B1

EGF4D84B1

EGF3D04B2

EGF3D44B2

EGF4D84B2

EGF3D04B3

EGF3D44B3

EGF4D84B3

7. 5

7. 6

EGF7D64B1

EGF0114B1

EGF0144B1

EGF7D64B2

EGF0114B2

EGF0144B2

EGF7D64B3

EGF0114B3

EGF0144B3

EGF0214B1

EGF0274B1

EGF0344B1

EGF0214B2

EGF0274B2

EGF0344B2

EGF0214B3

EGF0274B3

EGF0344B3

EGF0404B1

EGF0524B1

EGF0654A1

EGF0404B2

EGF0524B2

EGF0654A2

EGF0404B3

EGF0524B3

EGF0654A3

100

124

EGF0774A1

EGF0964A1

EGF1244A1

EGF0774A2

EGF0964A2

EGF1244A2

EGF0774A3

EGF0964A3

EGF1244A3

125

150

200

250

156

180

240

302

EGF1564A1

EGF1804A1

EGF2404A1

EGF3024A1

EGF1564A2

EGF1804A2

EGF2404A2

EGF3024A2

EGF1564A3

EGF1804A3

EGF2404A3

EGF3024A3

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-43

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGF Passive Filtered DG1

055

Options

Table 31.1-62. Input Power Options

Table 31.1-63. Bypass Options

Table 31.1-64. Output Power Options

Option Description

HMCP Disconnect The HMCP motor protection circuit breaker uses an electronic trip unit to provide typical motor overload relay

functionality and short-circuit protection against potential phase-to-phase or phase-to-ground faults.

Circuit Breaker Utilizes a circuit breaker to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and

the drive, and protection from high-level ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of

disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position.

This is factory mounted in the enclosure.

Isolation Fusing Provides high-level fault protection of the drive input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the

input side of the power transistors. This option consists of three 200 kA fuses that are factory mounted in

the enclosure.

3% Input Reactor The input reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the line side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction

in voltage and current harmonics. It also provides increased input protection for AFD and its semiconductors

from line transients.

SPD Provides a surge protection device (SPD) connected to the line side terminals and is designed to clip line

side transients.

Fused Disconnect Utilizes fusing to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the drive, and

protection from high-level ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the

drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted

in the enclosure.

Option Description

Manual HOA Bypass Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of

operation. HAND mode is defaulted keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an

external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via programming to allow for alternate

combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and fieldbus.

Manual HOA RVSS Bypass This option adds a reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for soft starting in bypass mode.

Option Description

Output Contactor Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil

is controlled by the drive’s run or permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10 A, 600 Vac are

provided for customer use. This option includes a low VA 115 Vac fused control power transformer and is factory

mounted in the enclosure.

3% Output Reactor The output reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the load side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction

in voltage and current harmonics.

MotoRX Filter Used to reduce transient voltage () and peak voltages at the motor terminals. This option is comprised of a

0.5% line reactor, followed by capacitive filtering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit. Unlike the traditional

filter, the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the voltage peaks, resulting in a lower voltage drop to the

motor, therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between a single motor and the drive

is 300–600 ft (91–183 m). This option can not be used with the brake chopper circuit. in this case, the traditional

filter should be investigated as an alternative.

dV/dt Filter Used to reduce the transient voltage () at the motor terminals. The traditional filter is recommended for cable

lengths exceeding 100 ft (30 m) with a drive of 3 hp and above, for cable lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with a drive of

2 hp and below, or for a drive rated at 525–690 V. This option is mounted in the enclosure and may be used in

conjunction with a brake chopper circuit. This option is mounted in the enclosure.

31.1-44

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGF Passive Filtered DG1

056

Table 31.1-65. Control Options

Table 31.1-66. Light Options

Table 31.1-67. Enclosure Options

Option Description

Speed Pot Provides the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses the

10 Vdc reference to generate a 0–10 V signal at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass

option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch is in the HAND position. Without the HOA bypass

option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from

the speed potentiometer or a remote speed signal.

HOA Switch Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of

operation. HAND mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an

external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via drive programming to allow for

alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include Keypad, I/O and fieldbus.

Start-Stop Pushbutton Provides door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations.

Option Description

Non-Bypass Light Kit—Power On, Run,

Fault

Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates

the drive is running and a red FAULT light that indicates a drive fault has occurred.

Bypass Light Kit—On, VFD Run, Fault,

Bypass Run

Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates

the drive is running, a red FAULT light that indicates a drive fault has occurred and an amber light that indicates

when the motor is running in Bypass mode.

Option Description

Floor Stand 12 in Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 12 in (304.8 mm).

Floor Stand 22 in Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 22 in (558.8 mm).

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-45

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGF Passive Filtered DG1

057

Dimensions—Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Figure 31.1-7. AX Box, NEMA 1/12

Figure 31.1-8. AX Box, NEMA 3R

25.80

(655.3)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

25.35

(643.9)

19.30 (490.2)

20.92 (531.4)

17.02 (432.2)

1.76

(44.8)

26.74

(679.2)

17.31

(439.7)

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

20.18 (512.5)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

33.09

(840.4)

31.76

(806.6)

25.35

(643.9)

19.30 (490.2)

20.92 (531.4)

3.64

(92.5) 17.02 (432.2)

17.28

(438.9)

33.97

(862.8)

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

31.1-46

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGF Passive Filtered DG1

058

Figure 31.1-9. BX Box, NEMA 1/12

Figure 31.1-10. BX Box, NEMA 3R

4.00 (101.6)

Minimum

Free Air Space

Required

28.55

(725.1)

36.80

(934.7)

36.35

(923.3)

19.30 (490.2)

20.92 (531.4)

17.01 (432.2)

1.76

(44.8)

37.74

(958.6)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

28.56

(725.3)

44.09

(1119.8)

36.35

(923.3)

42.69

(1084.3)

19.30 (490.2)

20.92 (531.4)

37.74

(958.6)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

17.01 (432.2)

3.51

(89.1)

20.18 (512.5)

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.1-47

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGF Passive Filtered DG1

059

Figure 31.1-11. CX Box, NEMA 1/12

Figure 31.1-12. CX Box, NEMA 3R

49.74

(1263.4)

48.80

(1239.5)

48.35

(1228.1)

29.30 (744.2)

30.92 (785.4)

1.74

(44.2) 17.76 (451.2)

35.85

(910.6)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

30.88 (784.4)

56.08

(1424.5)

54.77

(1391.2)

48.35

(1228.1)

29.30 (744.2)

30.92 (785.4) 17.76 (451.2)

3.72

(94.4)

56.96

(1446.9)

35.85

(910.6)

21.00 (533.3)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

31.1-48

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

PowerXL Series Drives

EGF Passive Filtered DG1

060

Figure 31.1-13. DX Box, NEMA 1/12

Figure 31.1-14. DX Box, NEMA 3R

82.35

(2091.7)

76.35

(1939.3)

30.92

(785.4)

22.48

(571.1)

1.55

(39.4)

82.85

(2104.4)

67.89

(1724.4)

28.88 (733.6)

22.56

(573.0) 6.13

(155.6)

8.38 (212.9)

1.62 (41.1)

22.12

(561.8)

29.30 (744.2)

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(2 Places)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

4.00 (101.6)

Minimum

Free Air Space

Required

22.81

(579.2)

29.06 (738.1)

30.88 (784.4)

27.88 (708.2)

89.70

(2278.3)

82.84

(2104.1)

76.35

(1939.3)

30.92 (785.4) 3.64

(92.5)

22.48

(571.1)

67.89

(1724.4)

90.14

(2289.5)

25.51 (647.8)

1.80 (45.7)

8.56 (217.4)

22.30

(566.4)

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(2 Places)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

6.31

(160.3)

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-1

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

061

SVX Drives

Product Description

SVX Series Adjustable Frequency

Drives from Eaton’s Electrical Sector

are the next generation of drives

specifically engineered for today’s

commercial and industrial applica-

tions. The power unit makes use of

the most sophisticated semiconductor

technology and a highly modular

construction that can be flexibly

adapted to the customer’s needs.

The input and output configuration

(I/O) is designed with modularity in

mind. The I/O is compromised of

option cards, each with its own input

and output configuration. The control

module is designed to accept a total of

five of these cards. The cards contain

not only normal analog and digital

inputs but also fieldbus cards.

These drives continue the tradition

of robust performance, and raise

the bar on features and functionality,

ensuring the best solution at the

right price.

Features

■Robust design—proven 500,000

hours MTBF

■Integrated 3% line reactors standard

on drives from FR4 through FR9

■EMI/RFI Filters H standard up to

200 hp IH 480 V, 100 hp IH 230 V

■Simplified operating menu allows

for typical programming changes,

while programming mode provides

control of everything

■Quick Start Wizard built into the

programming of the drive ensures

a smooth start-up

■Keypad can display up to three mon-

itored parameters simultaneously

■LOCAL/REMOTE operation from

keypad

■Copy/paste function allows transfer

of parameter settings from one

drive to the next

■Standard NEMA Type 12/IP54

keypad on all drives

■The SVX can be flexibly adapted

to a variety of needs using our pre-

installed “Seven in One” precision

application programs consisting of:

❑Basic

❑Standard

❑Local/remote

❑Multi step speed control

❑PID control

❑Multi-purpose control

❑Pump and fan control with auto

change

■Additional I/O and communication

cards provide plug and play

functionality

■I/O connections with simple quick

connection terminals

■Hand-held auxiliary 24 V power

supply allows programming/

monitoring of control module

without applying full power to

the drive

■Control logic can be powered from

an external auxiliary control panel,

internal drive functions and fieldbus

if necessary

■Brake chopper standard from:

1–30 hp/380–500 V

3/4–15 hp/208–230 V

■NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA

Type 12/IP54 enclosures available,

Frame Sizes FR4–FR9

■Open chassis FR10 and greater

■Standard option board configura-

tion includes an A9 I/O board and an

A2 relay output board installed in

slots A and B

Standards and Certifications

Product

■IEC 61800-2

EMC (at Default Settings)

■Immunity: Fulfills all EMC immunity

requirements; Emissions:

EN 61800-3, LEVEL H

Safety

■UL 508C

■CE

31.2-2

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

062

Catalog Number Selection

Table 31.2-1. SVX Adjustable Frequency Drives

1All 230 V drives and 480 V drives up to 200 hp (IH) are only available with input option 1 (EMC Level H). 480 V drives 250 hp (IH) or larger are available

with input option 2 (EMC Level N). 480 V drives are available with input option 4 (EMC Level L). 575 V drives 200 hp (IH) or larger are only available

with input option 2. 575 V drives up to 150 hp (IH) are only available with input option 4 (EMC Level L).

2480 V drives up to 30 hp (IH) are only available with brake chopper option B. 480 V drives 40 hp (IH) or larger come standard with brake chopper

option N. 230 V drives up to 15 hp (IH) are only available with brake chopper option B. 230 V drives 20 hp or larger come standard with brake chopper

option N. All 575 V drives come standard without brake chopper option (N). N = No brake chopper.

3480 V drives 250 hp (IH) and larger are available with enclosure style 0 (chassis); 690 V drives 200 hp (IH) and larger are available with enclosure

style 0 (chassis).

4Factory promise delivery. Consult sales office for availability.

SVX 010 A 1 –4A 1 B 1 ______

Options

Options appear in alphabetical order.

Extended I/O Card Options

B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc

B2 = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm

B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated),

2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT + 24 Vdc

B5 = 3 RO (NO)

B8 = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100

B9 = RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input

Communication Cards

CA = Johnson Controls N2

CI = Modbus TCP

CJ = BACnet

CQ = EtherNet/IP

C2 = Modbus

C3 = PROFIBUS DP

C4 = LonWorks

C5 = PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector)

C6 = CANopen (slave)

C7 = DeviceNet

C8 = Modbus (D9 Type connector)

D3 = RS-232 with D9 connection

Board Modifications

1 = Standard boards

2 = Conformal (varnished) coating 4

Brake Chopper Options 2

= No brake chopper circuit

= Internal brake chopper circuit

Input Options 1

1 = Three-phase, EMC H

2 = Three-phase, EMC N

4 = Three-phase, EMC L

AFD Software Series

A = Standard software

Enclosure 3

0 = Chassis

1 = NEMA

Type 1/IP21

2 = NEMA

Type 12/IP54

Keypad

A = Alphanumeric

Product Family

SVX= Open drives

SPX = Open drives FR10

and greater

Horsepower Rating

F07 = 3/4 hp

F15 = 1-1/2 hp

007 = 7-1/2 hp

010 = 10 hp

050 = 50 hp

125 = 125 hp

350 = 350 hp

700 = 700 hp

800 = 800 hp

900 = 900 hp

H10 = 1000 hp

H12 = 1200 hp

H13 = 1350 hp

H15 = 1500 hp

H16 = 1600 hp

H20 = 2000 hp

Voltage Rating

2 = 230 V (208–240)

4 = 480 V (380–500)

5 = 575 V (525–690)

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-3

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

063

Product Selection

Table 31.2-2. SVX Drives—230 V

Frame Size hp (IH) Current (IH)hp (I

L) Current (IL) Catalog Number

208–240 V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Drives

FR4 3/4

1-1/2

3.7

4.8

6.6

7. 8

1-1/2

—

4.8

6.6

7. 8

12.5

SVXF07A1-2A1B1

SVX001A1-2A1B1

SVXF15A1-2A1B1

SVX002A1-2A1B1

SVX003A1-2A1B1

FR5 —

7-1/2

12.5

17.5

7-1/2

17.5

SVX004A1-2A1B1

SVX005A1-2A1B1

SVX007A1-2A1B1

FR6 10

SVX010A1-2A1B1

SVX015A1-2A1B1

FR7 20

114

SVX020A1-2A1N1

SVX025A1-2A1N1

SVX030A1-2A1N1

FR8 40

114

140

170

140

170

205

SVX040A1-2A1N1

SVX050A1-2A1N1

SVX060A1-2A1N1

FR9 75

100

205

261

100

125

261

300

SVX075A1-2A1N1

SVX100A1-2A1N1

208–240 V, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Drives

FR4 3/4

1-1/2

3.7

4.8

6.6

7. 8

1-1/2

—

4.8

6.6

7. 8

12.5

SVXF07A2-2A1B1

SVX001A2-2A1B1

SVXF15A2-2A1B1

SVX002A2-2A1B1

SVX003A2-2A1B1

FR5 —

7-1/2

12.5

17.5

7-1/2

17.5

SVX004A2-2A1B1

SVX005A2-2A1B1

SVX007A2-2A1B1

FR6 10

SVX010A2-2A1B1

SVX015A2-2A1B1

FR7 20

114

SVX020A2-2A1N1

SVX025A2-2A1N1

SVX030A2-2A1N1

FR8 40

114

140

170

140

170

205

SVX040A2-2A1N1

SVX050A2-2A1N1

SVX060A2-2A1N1

FR9 75

100

205

261

100

125

261

300

SVX075A2-2A1N1

SVX100A2-2A1N1

31.2-4

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

064

Table 31.2-3. 480 V SVX Drives

1FR10–FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis.

Frame Size hp (IH) Current (IH)hp (I

L)Current (I

L) Catalog Number

380–500 V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Drives

FR4 1

1-1/2

—

2.2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7. 6

1-1/2

—

7-1/2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7. 6

SVX001A1-4A1B1

SVXF15A1-4A1B1

SVX002A1-4A1B1

SVX003A1-4A1B1

SVX005A1-4A1B1

SVX006A1-4A1B1

FR5 7-1/2

SVX007A1-4A1B1

SVX010A1-4A1B1

SVX015A1-4A1B1

FR6 20

SVX020A1-4A1B1

SVX025A1-4A1B1

SVX030A1-4A1B1

FR7 40

105

SVX040A1-4A1N1

SVX050A1-4A1N1

SVX060A1-4A1N1

FR8 75

100

125

105

140

170

100

125

150

140

170

205

SVX075A1-4A1N1

SVX100A1-4A1N1

SVX125A1-4A1N1

FR9 150

200

205

245

200

250

261

300

SVX150A1-4A1N1

SVX200A1-4A1N1

380–500 V, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Drives

FR4 1

1-1/2

—

2.2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7. 6

1-1/2

—

7-1/2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7. 6

SVX001A2-4A1B1

SVXF15A2-4A1B1

SVX002A2-4A1B1

SVX003A2-4A1B1

SVX005A2-4A1B1

SVX006A2-4A1B1

FR5 7-1/2

SVX007A2-4A1B1

SVX010A2-4A1B1

SVX015A2-4A1B1

FR6 20

SVX020A2-4A1B1

SVX025A2-4A1B1

SVX030A2-4A1B1

FR7 40

105

SVX040A2-4A1N1

SVX050A2-4A1N1

SVX060A2-4A1N1

FR8 75

100

125

105

140

170

100

125

150

140

170

205

SVX075A2-4A1N1

SVX100A2-4A1N1

SVX125A2-4A1N1

FR9 150

200

205

245

200

250

261

300

SVX150A2-4A1N1

SVX200A2-4A1N1

380–500 V, Open Chassis Drives

FR10 1250

300

350

330

385

460

300

350

400

385

460

520

SPX250A0-4A2N1

SPX300A0-4A2N1

SPX350A0-4A2N1

FR11 400

500

—

520

590

650

500

—

600

590

650

730

SPX400A0-4A2N1

SPX500A0-4A2N1

SPX550A0-4A2N1

FR12 600

—

700

730

820

920

—

700

800

820

920

1030

SPX600A0-4A2N1

SPX650A0-4A2N1

SPX700A0-4A2N1

FR13 800

900

1000

1030

11 5 0

1300

900

1000

1200

11 5 0

1300

1450

SPX800A0-4A2N1

SPX900A0-4A2N1

SPXH10A0-4A2N1

FR14 1200

1600

190 0

1600

1940

2300

1500

1800

2200

1770

2150

2700

SPXH12A0-4A2N1

SPXH16A0-4A2N1

SPXH19A0-4A2N1

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-5

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

065

Table 31.2-4. 575 V SVX Drives

Frame Size hp (IH) Current (IH)hp (I

L) Current (IL) Catalog Number

525–690 V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Drives

FR6 2

—

7-1/2

3.3

4.5

5.5

7. 5

—

7-1/2

4.5

5.5

7. 5

13.5

SVX002A1-5A4N1

SVX003A1-5A4N1

SVX004A1-5A4N1

SVX005A1-5A4N1

SVX007A1-5A4N1

13.5

SVX010A1-5A4N1

SVX015A1-5A4N1

SVX020A1-5A4N1

SVX025A1-5A4N1

FR7 30

SVX030A1-5A4N1

SVX040A1-5A4N1

FR8 50

100

SVX050A1-5A4N1

SVX060A1-5A4N1

SVX075A1-5A4N1

FR9 100

125

150

—

100

125

144

170

125

150

—

200

125

144

170

208

SVX100A1-5A4N1

SVX125A1-5A4N1

SVX150A1-5A4N1

SVX175A1-5A4N1

525–690 V, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Drives

FR6 2

—

7-1/2

3.3

4.5

5.5

7. 5

—

7-1/2

4.5

5.5

7. 5

13.5

SVX002A2-5A4N1

SVX003A2-5A4N1

SVX004A2-5A4N1

SVX005A2-5A4N1

SVX007A2-5A4N1

13.5

SVX010A2-5A4N1

SVX015A2-5A4N1

SVX020A2-5A4N1

SVX025A2-5A4N1

FR7 30

SVX030A2-5A4N1

SVX040A2-5A4N1

FR8 50

100

SVX050A2-5A4N1

SVX060A2-5A4N1

SVX075A2-5A4N1

FR9 100

125

150

—

100

125

144

170

125

150

—

200

125

144

170

208

SVX100A2-5A4N1

SVX125A2-5A4N1

SVX150A2-5A4N1

SVX175A2-5A4N1

525–690 V, Open Chassis Drives

FR10 200

250

300

208

261

325

250

300

400

261

325

385

SPX200A0-5A2N1

SPX250A0-5A2N1

SPX300A0-5A2N1

FR11 400

450

500

385

460

502

450

500

—

460

502

590

SPX400A0-5A2N1

SPX450A0-5A2N1

SPX500A0-5A2N1

FR12 —

600

700

590

650

750

600

700

800

650

750

820

SPX550A0-5A2N1

SPX600A0-5A2N1

SPX700A0-5A2N1

FR13 800

900

1000

820

920

1030

900

1000

1250

920

1030

11 8 0

SPX800A0-5A2N1

SPX900A0-5A2N1

SPXH10A0-5A2N1

FR14 1350

1500

2000

1300

1500

1900

1500

2000

2300

1500

190 0

2250

SPXH13A0-5A2N1

SPXH15A0-5A2N1

SPXH20A0-5A2N1

31.2-6

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

066

Options

SVX Series Option Board Kits

The SVX Series drives can accommo-

date a wide selection of expander and

adapter option boards to customize

the drive for your application needs.

The drive’s control unit is designed to

accept a total of five option boards.

The SVX Series factory installed

standard board configuration includes

an A9 I/O board and an A2 relay output

board, which are installed in slots

A and B.

Figure 31.2-1. Option Boards

Table 31.2-5. Option Board Kits

1AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output

2Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location.

3OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.

ABCDE

Option Kit Description 1Allowed Slot

Locations 2

Field

Installed

Factory

Installed

SVX Ready Programs

Catalog

Number

Option

Designator

Basic Local/

Remote

Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC

Standard I/O Cards

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref,

2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc

AOPTA9 —■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 —■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

Extended I/O Cards

2 RO, therm B OPTA3 A3 —■ ■ ■■■ ■

Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V/24 V—SPX only C OPTA4 A4 —■ ■ ■■■ ■

Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V—SPX only C OPTA5 A5 —■ ■ ■■■ ■

Double encoder—SPX only C OPTA7 A7 ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO A OPTA8 A8 —■ ■ ■■■ ■

3 DI (encoder 10–24 V), out +15 V/+24 V,

2 DO (pulse+direction)—SPX only

COPTAE AE ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 —— — ——

■■

1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 —— — ——

■■

1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc

B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 —— — ——

■■

1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 — — — ——— —

1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 —— — ——

■■

Communication Cards

Modbus 3D, EOPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

Johnson Controls N2 3D, EOPTC2 CA — — — ——— —

Modbus TCP D, EOPTCI CI ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

BACnet D, EOPTCJ CJ ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

EtherNet/IP D, EOPTCQ CQ ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

PROFIBUS DP D, EOPTC3 C3 ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

LonWorks D, EOPTC4 C4 ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector) D, EOPTC5 C5 ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

CANopen (slave) D, EOPTC6 C6 ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

DeviceNet D, EOPTC7 C7 ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

Modbus (D9 type connector) D, EOPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

Adapter—SPX only D, EOPTD1 D1 ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

Adapter—SPX only D, EOPTD2 D2 ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

RS-232 with D9 connection D, EOPTD3 D3 ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-7

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

067

Technical Data and Specifications

Table 31.2-6. SVX Drives Table 31.2-6. SVX Drives (Continued)

Table 31.2-7. Standard I/O Specifications

Description Specification

Input Ratings

Input voltage (Vin)+10%/–15%

Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 45–66 Hz)

Connection to power Once per minute or less (typical operation)

High withstand rating 100 kAIC

Output Ratings

Output voltage 0 to Vin

Continuous

output current

IH rated 100% at 122 °F (50 °C), FR9 and below

IL rated 100% at 104 °F (40 °C), FR9 and below

IH/IL 100% at 104 °F (40 °C), FR10 and above

Overload current (IH/IL) 150% IH, 110% IL for 1 min.

Output frequency 0 to 320 Hz

Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz

Initial output current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds

Efficiency >96%

Control Characteristics

Control method Frequency control (V/f)

Open loop: Sensorless vector control

Closed loop: SPX drives only

Switching frequency

Frame 4–6

Frame 7–12

Adjustable with parameter 2.6.9

1–16 kHz; default 10 kHz

1–10 kHz; default 3.6 kHz

Frequency reference Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit),

accuracy ±1% V/Hz

Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz

Field weakening point 30–320 Hz

Acceleration time 0–3000 sec.

Deceleration time 0–3000 sec.

Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)

Ambient Conditions

Ambient operating

temperature

14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 122 °F (50 °C)

IH (FR4–FR9)

14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C)

IH (FR10 and up)

14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C)

IL (all frames)

Storage temperature –40° to 158 °F (–40° to 70 °C)

Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive,

no dripping water

Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation,

class 3C2; Mechanical particles: IEC 721-3-3, unit

in operation, class 3S2

Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating)

up to 3280 ft (1000 m);

1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m)

above 3280 ft (1000 m); max. 9842 ft (3000 m)

Vibration EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 50 Hz,

displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak)

at 3 to 15.8 Hz, max. acceleration amplitude

1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz

Shock EN 50178, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test (for

applicable UPS weights) Storage and shipping:

max. 15 g, 11 ms (in package)

Enclosure class NEMA 1/IP21 or NEMA 12/IP54,

open chassis/IP20

Description Specification

Control Connections

Analog input voltage 0 to 10 V, R = 200 kohms (–10 to 10 V joystick

control) resolution 0.1%; accuracy ±1%

Analog input current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri—250 ohms differential

Digital inputs (6) Positive or negative logic; 18 to 30 Vdc

Auxiliary voltage +24 V ±15%, max. 250 mA

Output reference

voltage

+10 V +3%, max. load 10 mA

Analog output 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms;

resolution 10 bit; accuracy ±2%

Digital outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48 V

Relay outputs Two programmable Form C relay outputs

switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A,

125 Vdc/0.4 A

Protections

Overcurrent protection Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously

Overvoltage protection Yes

Undervoltage protection Yes

Earth fault protection In case of earth fault in motor or motor cable,

only the frequency converter is protected

Input phase supervision Trips if any of the input phases are missing

Motor phase

supervision

Trips if any of the output phases are missing

Overtemperature

protection

Yes

Motor overload

protection

Yes

Motor stall protection Yes

Motor underload

protection

Yes

Short-circuit protection Yes (+24 V and +10 V reference voltages)

Description Specification

Six–digital input

programmable

24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V,Ri >5 kohms

Two–analog input

configurable w/jumpers

Voltage: 0–±10 V, Ri >200 kohms

Current: 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms

Two–digital output

programmable

Form C relays 250 Vac

30 Vdc 2 amp resistive

One–analog output

programmable

configurable w/jumper

0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±2%

One digital output

programmable

Open collector 48 Vdc 50 mA

31.2-8

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

068

Dimensions—Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9000X Open Drives

Figure 31.2-2. NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR4, FR5 and FR6

EATON

D1 W2

H3 H2

Knockouts

Volta ge hp ( IH) H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Weight

Lb (kg)

Knockouts in

Inches (mm)

N1 (O.D.)

FR4

230 V

480 V

3/4–3

1–5

12.9

(327)

12.3

(313)

11. 5

(292)

7. 5

(190)

3.0

(77)

4.9

(126)

5.0

(128)

3.9

(100)

0.5 (13) 0.3 (7) 11.0 (5) 3 at 1.1 (28)

FR5

230 V

480 V

5–7-1/2

7-1/2–15

16.5

(419)

16.0

(406)

15.3

(389)

8.4

(214)

3.9

(100)

5.8

(148)

5.6

(143)

3.9

(100)

0.5 (13) 0.3 (7) 17.9 (8) 2 at 1.5 (37)

1 at 1.1 (28)

FR6

230 V

480 V

575 V

10–15

20–30

2–25

22.0

(558)

21.3

(541)

20.4

(519)

9.3 (

237)

4.2

(105)

6.5

(165)

7. 6

(195)

5.8

(148)

0.6 (15.5) 0.4 (9) 40.8 (19) 3 at 1.5 (37)

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-9

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

069

Figure 31.2-3. NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 with Flange Kit, FR4, FR5 and FR6

Table 31.2-8. FR4, FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit

Table 31.2-9. Flange Opening, FR4 to FR6

W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 Dia. A

FR4

5.0 (128) 4.5 (113) 13.3 (337) 12.8 (325) 12.9 (327) 1.2 (30) 0.9 (22) 7.5 (190) 3.0 (77) 0.3 (7)

FR5

5.6 (143) 4.7 (120) 17.0 (434) 16.5 (420) 16.5 (419) 1.4 (36) 0.7 (18) 8.4 (214) 3.9 (100) 0.3 (7)

FR6

7.7 (195) 6.7 (170) 22.0 (560) 21.6 (549) 22.0 (558) 1.2 (30) 0.8 (20) 9.3 (237) 4.2 (106) 0.3 (7)

Flange Opening

FR4 to FR6

Dia. A

W3W4

Dia. B

H6 H9H8

W3 W4 W5 H6 H7 H8 H9 Dia. B

FR4

4.8 (123) 4.5 (113) — 12.4 (315) 12.8 (325) — 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7)

FR5

5.3 (135) 4.7 (120) — 16.2 (410) 16.5 (420) — 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7)

FR6

7.3 (185) 6.7 (170) 6.2 (157) 21.2 (539) 21.6 (549) 0.3 (7) 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7)

31.2-10

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

070

Figure 31.2-4. NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR7

Volta ge h p (IH)H1H2H3D1D2D3W1W2R1 Dia.R2 Dia.Weight

Lb (kg)

Knockouts

in Inches (mm)

N1 (O.D.)

230 V

480 V

575 V

20–30

40–60

30–40

24.8 (630) 24.2 (614) 23.2 (590) 10.1 (257) 3.0 (77) 7.3 (184) 9.3 (237) 7.5 (190) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 77.2 (35) 3 at 1.5 (37)

Knockouts

R2 R2R1

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-11

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

071

Figure 31.2-5. NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR8

W2W1

Volta ge hp (I H)D1H1H2H3W1W2R1 Dia.R2 Dia.Weight

Lb (kg)

230 V

480 V

575 V

40–60

75–125

50–75

13.5 (344) 30.1 (764) 28.8 (732) 28.4 (721) 11.5 (291) 10 (255) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 127 (58)

31.2-12

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

072

Figure 31.2-6. NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, with Flange Kit, FR7 and FR8

Table 31.2-10. Flange Opening, FR7 and FR8

W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 Dia. A

FR7

9.3 (237) 6.8 (175) 10.6 (270) 10.0 (253) 24.9 (652) 24.8 (632) 24.8 (630) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 0.9 (23) 0.8 (20) 10.1 (257) 4.6 (117) 0.3 (6)

FR8

11.2 (285) — 14.0 (355) 13.0 (330) 32.8 (832) — 29.3 (745) 10.2 (258) 10.4 (265) 1.7 (43) 2.2 (57) 13.5 (344) 4.3 (110) 0.4 (9)

W5 W6 W7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 Dia. B

FR7

9.2 (233) 6.9 (175) 10.0 (253) 24.4 (619) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 1.4 (35) 1.3 (32) 1.0 (25) 0.3 (6)

FR8

11.9 (301) — 13.0 (330) 31.9 (810) 10.2 (258) 10.4 (265) — — 1.3 (33) 0.4 (9)

H9H12

H13

H11H10

H5 Dia. A

Dia. B

H4H4H6

W2W4

W6W5 W7

Flange Opening

FR7/FR8

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-13

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

073

Figure 31.2-7. NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 FR9

1Brake resistor terminal box (H6) included when brake chopper ordered.

Volta ge h p (IH)W1W2W3W4H1 H2 H3 H4

1D1 D2 D3 Dia. Weight

Lb (kg)

230 V

480 V

575 V

75–100

150–200

100–175

18.9

(480)

15.7

(400)

0.4

(9)

2.1

(54)

45.3

(1150)

44.1

(1120)

0.6

(16)

7. 4

(188)

14.2

(361.5)

13.4

(340)

11. 2

(285)

0.8

(21)

321.9 (146)

Dia.

H3H4

B- B+ /R+ R-

W5 W1

31.2-14

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

074

Figure 31.2-8. NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR9 with Flange Kit

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 Dia.

20.9

(530)

20.0

(510)

19.1

(485)

7. 9

(200)

0.2

(5.5)

51.7

(1312)

45.3

(1150)

16.5

(420)

3.9

(100)

1.4

(35)

0.4

(9)

0.1

(2)

24.9

(362)

13.4

(340)

4.3

(109)

0.8

(21)

.20 (5)

Dia.

H3 H3 H3 H5H5

H6 H1

Flange Opening

FR9

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-15

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

075

Figure 31.2-9. NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR10 Freestanding

Dia. 3

Dia. 2

Dia. 1

W4 W4

D3 D6 D7

W3 W3 W3 W3

W1 D1

Operator

(Shown with

Optional

Disconnect)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Weight

Lb (kg)

23.43

(595)

2.46

(62.5)

4.53

(115)

0.79

(20)

5.95

(151)

2.95

(75)

30.11

(79)

79.45

(2018)

74.80

(1900)

20.18

(512.5)

23.70

(602)

17.44

(443)

19.02

(483)

0.47

(12)

11. 2 2

(285)

17.60

(447)

20.08

(510)

0.83

(21)

1.89

(48)

0.43

(11)

857

(389)

31.2-16

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

076

Figure 31.2-10. FR10 Open Chassis 1

19000X FR12 is built of two FR10 modules. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.

Volta ge hp (IH)W1 W2W3W4W5H1 H2 H3H4H5H6H7D1D2D3D4Weight

Lb (kg)

480 V

575 V

250–350

200–300

19.7

(500)

16.7

(425)

1.2

(30)

2.6

(67)

12.8

(325)

45.9

(1165)

44.1

(1121)

34.6

(879)

33.5

(850)

0.7

(17)

24.7

(627)

10.8

(275)

19.9

(506)

17.9

(455)

16.7

(423)

16.6

(421)

518

(235)

H7 H6

H4H5

D4 D2 D1

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-17

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

077

Figure 31.2-11. NEMA Type 1/IP21, FR11 Freestanding Drive

W1 D1

Dia. 3

Dia. 1 Dia. 2

W2 W3 W3 W3 W3

W7W7 W6W6W6W6

Operator

(Shown with

Optional

Disconnect)

Voltage hp (I

) W1 W2W3 W4W5W6W7W8H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 Dia. 1Dia. 2Dia. 3 Weight

Lb (kg)

480 400–550 31.26

(794)

2.40

(61)

6.50

(165)

0.79

(20)

3.43

(87)

2.95

(75)

2.52

(64)

1.18

(30)

79.45

(2018)

74.80

(1900)

20.18

(512.5)

23.70

(602)

11. 2 2

(285)

19.09

(485)

0.47

(12)

17.60

(447)

0.83

(21)

1.89

(48)

0.35 x 0.43

(9 x 11)

526

(239)

31.2-18

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

078

Figure 31.2-12. FR11 Open Chassis

Volta ge hp (I H)W1W2W3H1 H2D1D2Weight

Lb (kg)

480 V

575 V

400–550

400–500

27.9 (709) 8.86 (225) 2.6 (67) 45.5 (1155) 33.5 (850) 19.8 (503) 18.4 (468) 833 (378)

Shown without

terminal cover

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-19

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

079

Figure 31.2-13. FR13, Open Chassis Inverter

Note: 9000X FR14 is built of two FR13 modules. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.

FR13 is built from an inverter module and a converter module. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 Dia.

Dia.

Weight

Lb (kg)

27.87

(708)

5.91

(150)

26.65

(677)

4.57

(116)

3.35

(85)

41.54

(1055)

2.46

(62.5)

39.86

(1012.5)

41.34

(1050)

0.79

(20)

21.77

(553)

0.51

(13)

0.63

(16)

1.9 7

(50)

1.06

(27)

1.5 7

(40)

5.91

(150)

9.64

(244.8)

0.35x0.59

(9x15)

0.18

(4.6)

0.51

(13)

0.37

(9.5)

683

(310)

W4 W4 W4 W4 W4

Dia. 1 D1 D2 W1

W2W2W2W2

W5 W5 W5

Dia. 3

Dia. 3 D4

H4H1

D5 D6

Dia. 2

Dia. 4

31.2-20

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

080

Figure 31.2-14. FR13, Open Chassis Converter

Table 31.2-11. Number of Input Units

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Weight

Lb (kg)

18.74

(476)

5.91

(150)

17.52

(445)

4.57

(116)

3.35

(85)

41.54

(1055)

2.46

(62.5)

39.86

(1012.5)

41.34

(1050)

0.69

(17.5)

14.69

(373)

0.51

(13)

0.73

(18.5)

6.42

(163)

2.56

(65)

1.0 6

(27)

1.5 7

(40)

5.91

(150)

5.24

(133)

0.35x0.59

(9x15)

0.51

(13)

0.37

(9.5)

295

(134)

Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4

D3 W5

D4 D5

D1 D2

Dia. 2

W3 Dia. 3

hp Input

Modules

Catalog

Number

480 V

800 2 SPX800A0-4A2N1

690 V

800

900

1000

SPX800A0-5A2N1

SPX900A0-5A2N1

SPXH10A0-5A2N1

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-21

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

081

Figure 31.2-15. FR13, Open Chassis Converter—900/1000 hp 480 V

Table 31.2-12. Number of Input Units

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 Dia.

Dia.

Weight

Lb (kg)

27.87

(708)

5.91

(150)

26.65

(677)

4.57

(116)

3.35

(85)

41.54

(1055)

2.46

(62.5)

39.86

(1012.5)

41.34

(1050)

0.69

(17.5)

14.69

(373)

0.51

(13)

0.73

(18.5)

6.42

(163)

2.56

(65)

1.06

(27)

1.5 7

(40)

5.91

(150)

5.24

(133)

0.35x0.59

(9x15)

0.18

(4.6)

0.51

(13)

0.37

(9.5)

443

(201)

Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4 W4 W4

D3 W5 W5

D4 D5

W2 W2

D1 D2

Dia. 2

Dia. 3

H1 H4

W3 Dia. 4

hp Input

Modules

Catalog

Number

480 V

900 3 SPX900A0-4A2N1

1000 3 SPXH10A0-4A2N1

31.2-22

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

082

AC Choke Dimensions

Table 31.2-13. Choke Types

1Chokes are provided with all FR10–FR14 drives.

Figure 31.2-16. CHK0520

Frame Size Choke Type 1Catalog Number Frame Size Choke Type 1Catalog Number

Voltage Range 380–500 V Voltage Range 525–690 V

FR10 CHK0400

CHK0520

SPX2504

SPX3004

SPX3504

FR10 CHK0261

CHK0400

SPX2005

SPX2505

SPX3005

FR11 2 x CHK0400

2 x CHK0400

SPX4004

SPX5004

SPX5504

FR11 CHK0520

CHK0520

2 x CHK0400

SPX4005

SPX4505

SPX5005

FR12 2 x CHK0520

2 x CHK0520

SPX6004

SPX6504

SPX7004

FR12 2 x CHK0400

2 x CHK0400

SPX5505

SPX6005

SPX7005

FR13 2 x CHK0400

3 x CHK0520

SPX8004

SPX9004

SPXH104

FR13 2 x CHK0400

2 x CHK0400

SPX8005

SPX9005

SPXH105

FR14 4 x CHK0520

6 x CHK0400

SPXH124

SPXH164

FR14 4 x CHK0400

6 x CHK0400

SPXH135

SPXH155

1.58

(40)

7.88

(200)

6.50

(165) 6.50

(165)

19.57

(497)

.79

(20) 15.71

(399)

17.57

(446)

.79

(20)

.24

(6)

3.03

(77)

.83

(21)

.55 (14)9.61 (244)

8.03 (204)

1.69

(43)

5.70

(145)

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-23

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

General Information

083

Figure 31.2-17. CHK0400

Figure 31.2-18. CHK0261

111

10.30 (262)

9.37 (238)

1.54

(39)

1.18

(30)

5.90

(150)

13.79 (350)

4.72

(120) 4.72

(120)

10.83 (275)

.59

(15)

5.51

(140)

13.94

(354)

15.08

(383)

16.58

(421)

2.64

(67)

.75

(19)

.24

(6)

.59

(15)

13.79 (350)

4.72

(120) 4.72

(120)

.24

(6)

1.18

(30)

5.90

(150)

10.83 (275)

.59

(15)

11.30

(287)

12.56

(319)

14.06

(357)

.59

(15)

.39

(10)

.87

(22)

.75 (19)

Min.

9.06 (230)

8.11 (206)

1.54

(39)

4.25

(108)

31.2-24

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

Enclosed SVX

084

Enclosed SVX

General Description

■Standard enclosed—covers a wide

range of the most commonly ordered

options. Pre-engineering eliminates

the lead time normally associated

with customer specific options

■Modified standard enclosed—

applies to specific customer require-

ments that vary from the Standard

Enclosed offering, such as the need

for an additional indicating light or

minor modifications to drawings.

Consult your Eaton representative for

assistance in pricing and lead time

■Custom engineered—for those

applications with more unique or

complex requirements, these are

individually engineered to the

customer’s needs. Consult your

Eaton representative for assistance

in pricing and lead time

Features

■NEMA Type 1 or Type 12 enclosures

■Input voltage: 208 V, 230 V, 480 V

and 575 V

■Complete range of control, network

and power options

■Horsepower range:

❑208 V—3/4 to 100 hp IH;

1 to 100 hp IL

❑230 V—3/4 to 100 hp IH;

1 to 100 hp IL

❑480 V—1 to 700 hp IH;

1-1/2 to 800 hp IL

■HMCP padlockable

Standards and Certifications

■UL listed

■cUL listed

Figure 31.2-19. Power Diagram for Bypass

Options RB and RA

Bypass Pilot Lights and

Selector Switches

• Option RB

• Option RA

• Option L2

• Option KF

Customer Control and Signal

Connection Terminal Block

Control Relay

Input Contactor

(Included as Standard

with Bypass Option)

115 V Control

Transformer

• Option KB

Overload Relay

• Option PH

• Option PI

Bypass Contactor

• Option RB

• Option RA

Output Contactor

• Option PE

(Included as Standard

with Bypass Option)

Input Line Fuses

• Option P3

Door-Mounted Keypad

(Included as Standard

with Bypass Option)

SVX9000 Variable

Frequency Drive

Input Disconnect (HMCP)

• Option P1

Enclosed 9000X Series Drive

SVX9000

Drive

HMCP

Input

Power

Output

Contactor Bypass

Contactor

Mechanical

Interlock

Motor

Inverter

Input

Contactor

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-25

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

Enclosed SVX

085

Catalog Number Selection

Table 31.2-14. SVX9000 Enclosed NEMA Type 1/12 Drive Catalog Numbering System

1Local/remote keypad is included as the

standard control panel.

2Brake chopper is a factory installed

option only, see drive option tables on

Pages 31.2-27–31.2-29. Note: External

dynamic braking resistors not included.

Consult factory.

3Includes local/remote speed reference switch.

4Some options are voltage and/or

horsepower specific. Consult your

Eaton representative for details.

5See Pages 31.2-30 and 31.2-31

for descriptions.

6Applicable only with FR10 and FR11

Freestanding designs.

7Consult Eaton for pricing and availability.

Communication Options

C2 = Modbus

C3 = PROFIBUS DP

C4 = LonWorks

C5 = PROFIBUS DP (D9

connector)

C6 = CANopen (slave)

C7 = DeviceNet

C8 = Modbus (D9 Type

connector)

CA = Johnson Controls N2

CI = Modbus TCP

CJ =BACnet

D3 = RS-232 with D9 connection

S V X F 0 7 14AA

Enclosed Options 145 Type

Door-mounted speed potentiometer 3

Door-mounted speed potentiometer with

HOA selector switch 3

3–15 psig Follower

HAND/OFF/AUTO switch (22 mm)

MANUAL/AUTO ref switch (22 mm)

START/STOP pushbuttons (22 mm)

115 V control transformer–550 VA

Bypass test switch for RA and RB

Standard elapsed time meter

Control

Addl. bypass

Control

Power on and fault pilot lights

Bypass pilot lights for RA, RB bypass options

Red RUN light

Light

Addl. bypass

Light

Input disconnect (HMCP) 100 kAIC

Disconnect switch 6

Input line fuses (200 kAIC)

Input power surge protection

Output contactor

Output filter

MotoRx (up to 600 ft) 1000 V/µS DV/DT filter

Single overload relay

Dual overload relays

Dual overloads for bypass

Input

Output

Addl. bypass

Manual HOA bypass controller

Manual IOB bypass controller

Auto transfer HOA bypass controller

Auto transfer IOB bypass controller

Bypass

Floor stand 22 inches

Floor stand 12 inches

10 inch expansion

20 inch expansion

Space heater

Enclosure

Voltage Rating

1 = 208 V

2 = 230 V

4 = 480 V

Product Family

SVX = Enclosed drives

Horsepower Rating

F07 = 3/4 hp

001 = 1 hp

F15 = 1-1/2 hp

002 = 2 hp

003 = 3 hp

005 = 5 hp

007 = 7-1/2 hp

010 = 10 hp

015 = 15 hp

020 = 20 hp

025 = 25 hp

030 = 30 hp

040 = 40 hp

050 = 50 hp

060 = 60 hp

075 = 75 hp

100 = 100 hp

125 = 125 hp

150 = 150 hp

200 = 200 hp

250 = 250 hp

300 = 300 hp

350 = 350 hp

400 = 400 hp

500 = 500 hp

550 = 550 hp

600 = 600 hp

650 = 650 hp

700 = 700 hp

Enclosure Rating

1 = NEMA Type 1

2 = NEMA Type 12

6 = NEMA 12 filtered

Application—Torque/Braking 2

A= IL/no brake chopper

B= IL/internal brake chopper

D= IH/no brake chopper

E= IH/internal brake chopper

Enclosed Style

A = Enclosed drive

Control Options

B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc

B2 = 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm

B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc

B5 = 3 RO (NO)

B8 = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100

B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input

Build Alphabetically and Numerically

Engineered Options

HT = High Temperature rating for 50°C

(FR10 and above) 7

VB = Varnished Boards

31.2-26

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

Enclosed SVX

086

Table 31.2-15. Input Molded-Case Breaker Sizes—230 V Ratings

Note: Based on a maximum of 104 ºF (40 ºC). A UL listed breaker

must be used.

Table 31.2-16. Input Molded-Case Breaker Sizes—480 V Ratings

Note: Based on a maximum of 104 ºF (40 ºC). A UL listed breaker

must be used.

Table 31.2-17. Input Fuse Sizes—230 V Ratings

Note: UL recognized type JJS preferred but RK acceptable.

Table 31.2-18. Input Fuse Sizes—480 V Ratings

Note: UL recognized type JJS preferred but RK acceptable.

hp Frame

Size

FLA Breaker

Current

1-1/2

FR4

4.8

6.6

7. 8

7-1/2

FR5

17.5

FR6

FR7

100

hp Frame

Size

FLA Breaker

Current

1-1/2

FR4

3.3

4.3

5.6

7. 6

7-1/2

FR5

FR6

FR7

100

125

FR8

105

140

170

125

150

200

150

200

FR9

205

261

250

300

250

300

350

FR10

300

385

460

400

500

600

400

500

550

FR11

520

590

650

700

800

900

600

650

700

FR12

750

820

920

1000

1200

VT hp Frame

Size

NEC I

(A)

Fuse

Quantity

Fuse

(A)

1-1/2

FR4

4.2

6.8

9.6

4.8

6.6

7. 8

7-1/2

FR5

15.2

17.5

FR6

FR7

104

114

100

110

125

FR8

130

154

192

140

170

205

175

200

250

100 FR9 248 261 3 300

VT hp Frame

Size

NEC I

(A)

Fuse

Quantity

Fuse

(A)

1-1/2

7-1/2

FR4

3.4

4.8

7. 6

3.3

4.3

5.6

7. 6

FR5

FR6

FR7

105

100

110

125

100

125

150

FR8

124

156

180

140

170

205

175

200

250

200

250

FR9

240

302

261

300

350

400

300

350

400

FR10

361

414

477

385

460

520

450

500

600

500

550

600

FR11

590

650

730

350

400

450

650

700

800

FR12

820

920

1030

500

600

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-27

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

Enclosed SVX

087

Product Selection

When Ordering

■Select a base catalog number

that meets the application require-

ments—nominal horsepower,

voltage and enclosure rating (the

enclosed drive’s continuous output

amp rating should be equal to or

greater than the motor’s full load

amp rating). The base enclosed

package includes a standard drive,

door mounted Local/Remote

Keypad and enclosure

■If dynamic brake chopper or

Control/Communication option is

desired, change the appropriate

code in the base catalog number

■Select enclosed options. Add

the codes as suffixes to the base

catalog number in alphabetical

and numeric order

■Read all footnotes

208 V Drives

Table 31.2-19. 208 Vac Input Base Drive

1Enclosure dimensions listed on Pages 31.2-32–31.2-40.

2Includes drive, Local/Remote keypad and enclosure.

Note: Drive heat dissipation calculations listed on Page 31.2-29.

Enclosure

Size 1

hp Current

(A)

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 Drawing

Number

Frame Size Frame Size

208 V High Overload Drive and Enclosure—IH = Constant Torque

3/4

1-1/2

3.7

4.8

6.6

7. 8

4 FR4

7-1/2

17.5

114

143

170

100

211

273

208 V Low Overload Drive and Enclosure—IL = Variable Torque

1-1/2

4.8

6.6

7. 8

7-1/2

17.5

114

—

170

—

5100—99 14

31.2-28

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

Enclosed SVX

088

230 V Drives

Table 31.2-20. 230 Vac Input Base Drive

1Enclosure dimensions listed on Pages 31.2-32–31.2-40.

2Includes drive, Local/Remote keypad and enclosure.

Enclosure

Size 1

hp Current

(A)

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 Drawing

Number

Frame Size Frame Size

230 V High Overload Drive and Enclosure—IH = Constant Torque

3/4

1-1/2

3.7

4.8

6.6

7. 8

4 FR

7-1/2

17.5

114

140

170

100

205

261

230 V Low Overload Drive and Enclosure—IL = Variable Torque

1-1/2

4.8

6.6

7. 8

7-1/2

17.5

114

140

170

205

5 100 261 9 9 14

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-29

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

Enclosed SVX

089

480 V Drives

Table 31.2-21. 480 Vac Input Base Drive

1Enclosure dimensions listed on Pages 31.2-32–31.2-40.

2Includes drive, Local/Remote keypad and enclosure.

3Consult Eaton.

4The smaller enclosure Size 6 accommodates only power options, input disconnect (P1) and

input line fuses (P3). Bypass and other options require Size 8. Adding any standard control

option will not require the larger enclosure.

5The smaller enclosure Size 8 accommodates only power options, input disconnect (P1) and

input line fuses (P3). Bypass and other options require Size 9. Adding any standard control

option will not require the larger enclosure.

6For other options, consult factory.

Enclosure

Size 1

hp Current

(A)

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 Drawing

Number

Frame Size Frame Size

High Overload Drive and Enclosure—IH = Constant Torque

1-1/2

2.2

3.3

4.3

5.6

4 FR

7-1/2

7. 6

100

125

105

140

170

150

200

205

245

6, 8 46

250

300

350

300

385

460

15 4, 16 6

8, 9 56

400

500

550

520

590

650

16 5, 17 6

600

650

700

730

820

920

Low Overload Drive and Enclosure—IL = Variable Torque

1-1/2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7. 6

7-1/2

100

125

150

105

140

170

205

200

250

261

300

6, 8 46

300

350

400

385

460

520

15 4, 16 6

8, 9 56

500

550

600

590

650

730

16 5, 17 6

650

700

800

820

920

1030

Drive Heat Dissipation

Calculations

The Eaton 9000X drive is a highly

efficient electric power converter

releasing minimal amounts of waste

heat energy into the ambient air. The

amount of heat loss from the drive in

operation is directly proportional to

the load of the connected motor,

the drive switching frequency and

operating frequency. Based on

the drive operating load, the heat

dissipation can be calculated at a

given operating point. For most cases,

the following general formula can be

used to estimate the heat dissipation

of the power module:

Pmotor [kW] x 0.025 = Ploss [kW]

Where Pmotor is the operating power

of the motor and Ploss is the heat

dissipated from the 9000X drive.

For example, a 20 hp [15 kW] motor

is applied with a 9000X inverter on a

pump application. The application

has been designed so that maximum

motor load will be 95% or 14.3 kW.

Using the formula above, the

calculated heat dissipation of the

drive will be approximately 356 watts/

hour or 1215 BTU/hour at the designed

maximum load.

15 kW x 0.95 = 14.3 kW

14.3 kW x 0.025 = 0.356 kW/hour or

356 watts/hour

356 watts/hour x 3.412 = 1215 BTU/hour

Note: This example assumes the default

switching frequency has been used.

Additional conversion formulas:

hp x 0.7457 = kW

hp x 745.7 = watts

kW x 1000 = watts

Watts/hour x 3.412 = BTU/hour

31.2-30

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

Enclosed SVX

090

SVX9000 Drives

Control/Communication Option Descriptions

Table 31.2-22. Available Control/Communications Options

Option Description Option

Ty p e

K1 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer—Provides the SVX9000 with the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-

mounted potentiometer. This option uses the 10 Vdc reference to generate a 0–10 V signal at the analog voltage input signal

terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch is in the hand position. Without

the HOA bypass option, a 2-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from the Speed

Potentiometer or a remote speed signal.

Control

K2 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch—Provides the SVX9000 with the ability to start/stop and adjust

the speed reference from door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive

will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position.

When AUTO is selected, the run enable and speed reference are controlled from remote inputs. Speed reference can be either 0–10 Vdc

or 4–20 mA. The drive default is 4–20 mA, parameter is field programmable. Run enable is controlled by a dry contact

closure. This option requires a customer supplied 115 V power source.

Control

K3 3–15 psig Follower—Provides a pneumatic transducer that converts a 3–15 psig pneumatic signal to either 0–8 Vdc or a

1–9 Vdc signal interface with the SVX9000. The circuit board is mounted on the inside of the front enclosure panel and connects

to the user’s pneumatic control system via 6 ft (1.8 m) of flexible tubing and a 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) brass tube union.

Control

K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-bypass Configurations—Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select

either a Hand or Auto mode of operation. Hand mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and Auto mode is defaulted to

control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via programming to allow for alternate

combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and FieldBus.

Control

K5 MANUAL/AUTO Speed Reference Switch—Provides a door-mounted selector switch for Manual/Auto speed reference. Control

K6 START/STOP Pushbuttons—Provides door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass

configurations.

Control

KB 115 V Control Transformer–550 VA—Provides a fused control power transformer with additional 550 VA at 115 V for customer use. Control

KF Bypass Test Switch for RB and RA—Allows the user to energize the AF drive for testing while operating the motor on the bypass

controller. The Test Switch is mounted on the inside of the enclosure door.

Addl. bypass

KO Standard Elapsed Time Meter—Provides a door-mounted elapsed run time meter. Control

L1 Power On and Fault Pilot Lights—Provides a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault

light indicates a drive fault has occurred.

Light

L2 Bypass Pilot Lights for RB, RA Bypass Options—A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an

amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode. The lights are mounted on the enclosure door, above the

switches.

Addl. bypass

LE RUN Pilot Light—Provides a green run light that indicates the drive has been commanded to start. Light

P1 Input Disconnect Assembly Rated to 100 kAIC—High Interrupting Motor Circuit Protector (HMCP) that provides a means of short-

circuit protection for the power cables between it and the SVX9000, and protection from high-level ground faults on the power

cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the SVX9000 from the line and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the

OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure.

Input

P2 Disconnect Switch—Disconnect switch option is applicable only with NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 Freestanding drives.

Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the SVX9000 from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the

OFF position. This is factory-mounted in the enclosure.

Input

P3 Input Line Fuses Rated to 200 kAIC—Provides high-level fault protection of the SVX9000 input power circuit from the load side of

the fuses to the input side of the power transistors. This option consists of three 200 kA fuses, which are factory mounted in the

enclosure.

Input

P7 MOV Surge Suppressor—Provides a metal oxide varistor (MOV) connected to the line side terminals and is designed to clip line

side transients.

Input

PE Output Contactor—Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil

is controlled by the drive’s run or permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10 A, 600 Vac are provided for

customer use. Bypass Options RB and RA include an Output Contactor as standard. This option includes a low VA 115 Vac

fused Control Power Transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure.

Output

PF Output Filter—Used to reduce the transient voltage (DV/DT) at the motor terminals. The Output Filter is recommended for cable

lengths exceeding 100 ft (30 m) with a drive of 3 hp and above, for cable lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with a drive of 2 hp and below, or

for a drive rated at 525–690 V. This option is mounted in the enclosure, and may be used in conjunction with a brake chopper circuit.

Output

PG MotoRx (300–600 ft) 1000 V/µS DV/DT Filter—Used to reduce transient voltage (DV/DT) and peak voltages at the motor

terminals. This option is comprised of a 0.5% line reactor, followed by capacitive filtering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit.

Unlike the Output Filter (See option PF), the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the voltage peaks, resulting in a lower volt-

age drop to the motor, and therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between a single motor and the

drive is 300–600 ft (91–183 m). This option can not be used with the Brake Chopper Circuit. The Output Filter (option PF) should

be investigated as an alternative.

Output

PH Single Overload Relay—Uses a bimetallic overload relay to provide additional overload current protection to the motor on con-

figurations without bypass options. It is included with the Bypass Configurations for overload current protection in the bypass

mode. The Overload Relay is mounted within the enclosure, and is manually resettable. Heater pack included.

Output

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-31

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

Enclosed SVX

091

Table 31.2-22. Available Control/Communications Options (Continued)

Note: For availability, see base drive voltage required.

Option Description Option Type

PI Dual Overload Relays—This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors and overload current protec-

tion is needed for each of the motors. The standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a

motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp

motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable. Heater packs not included.

Output

PN Dual Overloads for Bypass—This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors in the bypass mode and

overload current protection is needed for each of the motors. The standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays,

each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include two overload relays

sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable.

Addl. bypass

RA Manual HOA Bypass Controller—The Manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA)—three-contactor—bypass option provides a means of

bypassing the SVX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists

of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted HOA selector

switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in the inverter mode. The

Bypass includes an input contactor, an output contactor, and a bypass starter with an electronic overload relay. The contactors

are mechanically and electrically interlocked.

Bypass

RB Manual IOB Bypass Controller—The Manual INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB)—three-contactor—bypass option provides a means

of bypassing the SVX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option

consists of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted IOB

selector switch. The Bypass includes an input contactor, an output contactor, and a bypass starter with an electronic overload

relay. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked.

Bypass

RC Auto Transfer HOA Bypass Controller–The Manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA)—three-contactor—bypass option provides a means

of bypassing the SVX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry

provides an automatic transfer of the load to “across the line” operation after a drive trip. This option consists of an input

disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted HOA selector switch and an

INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in either mode. The Bypass includes an

input contactor, an output contactor, and a bypass starter with an electronic overload relay. The contactors are mechanically and

electrically interlocked. Door-mounted pilot lights are provided that indicate bypass or inverter operation. A green light indicates

when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode.

Warning: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch

is turned to the OFF position.

Bypass

RD Auto Transfer IOB Bypass Controller—The Auto INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB)—three-contactor—bypass option provides a means

of bypassing the SVX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry pro-

vides an automatic transfer of the load to “across the line” operation after a drive trip. This option consists of an input discon-

nect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted IOB selector switch. The Bypass

includes an input contactor, an output contactor, and a bypass starter with an electronic overload relay. The contactors are

mechanically and electrically interlocked. Door-mounted pilot lights are provided which indicate bypass or inverter operation. A

green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is running in

bypass mode.

Warning: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch

is turned to the OFF position.

Bypass

S5 Floor Stand 22 Inches—Converts a Size 1 or 2, normally wall mounted enclosure to a floor standing enclosure with a height of

22 inches (558.8 mm).

Enclosure

S6 Floor Stand 12 Inches—Converts a Size 2, normally wall mounted enclosure to a floor standing enclosure with a height of 12 inches

(304.8 mm).

Enclosure

S7 10-Inch Expansion—In a Size 5 enclosure, the extension allows for bottom cable entry and additional space for customer

mounted components.

Note: Enclosure expansion rated NEMA Type 1 only.

Enclosure

S8 20-Inch Expansion—In a Size 5 enclosure, the extension allows for bottom cable entry and additional space for customer

mounted components. When the Output Filter (option PF) is selected for a drive using a Size 5 enclosure, this expansion box is

required and included in the option pricing.

Note: Enclosure expansion rated NEMA Type 1 only.

Enclosure

S9 Space Heater—Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes a

thermostat for variable temperature control. A 200W heater is installed in enclosures 0 and 1, and a 400W heater is installed in

enclosures 2–5. Requires a customer supplied 115 V remote supply source.

Enclosure

31.2-32

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

Enclosed SVX

092

Dimensions—Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Figure 31.2-20. AX Box, NEMA 1/12

Figure 31.2-21. AX Box, NEMA 3R

25.80

(655.3)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

25.35

(643.9)

19.30 (490.2)

20.92 (531.4)

17.02 (432.2)

1.76

(44.8)

26.74

(679.2)

17.31

(439.7)

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

20.18 (512.5)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

33.09

(840.4)

31.76

(806.6)

25.35

(643.9)

19.30 (490.2)

20.92 (531.4)

3.64

(92.5) 17.02 (432.2)

17.28

(438.9)

33.97

(862.8)

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-33

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

Enclosed SVX

093

Figure 31.2-22. BX Box, NEMA 1/12

Figure 31.2-23. BX Box, NEMA 3R

4.00 (101.6)

Minimum

Free Air Space

Required

28.55

(725.1)

36.80

(934.7)

36.35

(923.3)

19.30 (490.2)

20.92 (531.4)

17.01 (432.2)

1.76

(44.8)

37.74

(958.6)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

28.56

(725.3)

44.09

(1119.8)

36.35

(923.3)

42.69

(1084.3)

19.30 (490.2)

20.92 (531.4)

37.74

(958.6)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

17.01 (432.2)

3.51

(89.1)

20.18 (512.5)

31.2-34

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

Enclosed SVX

094

Figure 31.2-24. CX Box, NEMA 1/12

Figure 31.2-25. CX Box, NEMA 3R

49.74

(1263.4)

48.80

(1239.5)

48.35

(1228.1)

29.30 (744.2)

30.92 (785.4)

1.74

(44.2) 17.76 (451.2)

35.85

(910.6)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

30.88 (784.4)

56.08

(1424.5)

54.77

(1391.2)

48.35

(1228.1)

29.30 (744.2)

30.92 (785.4) 17.76 (451.2)

3.72

(94.4)

56.96

(1446.9)

35.85

(910.6)

21.00 (533.3)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-35

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

Enclosed SVX

095

Figure 31.2-26. DX Box, NEMA 1/12

Figure 31.2-27. DX Box, NEMA 3R

82.35

(2091.7)

76.35

(1939.3)

30.92

(785.4)

22.48

(571.1)

1.55

(39.4)

82.85

(2104.4)

67.89

(1724.4)

28.88 (733.6)

22.56

(573.0) 6.13

(155.6)

8.38 (212.9)

1.62 (41.1)

22.12

(561.8)

29.30 (744.2)

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(2 Places)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

4.00 (101.6)

Minimum

Free Air Space

Required

22.81

(579.2)

29.06 (738.1)

30.88 (784.4)

27.88 (708.2)

89.70

(2278.3)

82.84

(2104.1)

76.35

(1939.3)

30.92 (785.4) 3.64

(92.5)

22.48

(571.1)

67.89

(1724.4)

90.14

(2289.5)

25.51 (647.8)

1.80 (45.7)

8.56 (217.4)

22.30

(566.4)

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(2 Places)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

6.31

(160.3)

31.2-36

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

Enclosed SVX

096

SVX Drawing 14—Enclosure Size 5

Table 31.2-23. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight—Enclosed Products

Table 31.2-23. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight—Enclosed Products (Continued)

Figure 31.2-28. Approximate Dimensions

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Wide

High

Deep

Mounting H Minimum Air Space

DD1EE1F GG1 J K

5 40.00

(1016)

90.00

(2286)

21.30

(541)

36.00

(914)

2.00

(51)

—— 8.00

(203)

10.80

(273)

—84.40

(2143)

4.00

(102)

—

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx.

Ship. Wt.

Lb (kg)

Cable Entry Door Clearance

T U V W RR SS TT UU VV

LMNPR

515.00

(381)

10.00

(254)

4.80

(122)

2.00

(51)

— 36.30

(921)

20.00

(508)

———94.00

(2387)

15.50

(394)

— — — 1275 (579)

Lifting Eyes

(2 Places)

Side View

Front View

NEMA Type 1

Front View

NEMA Type 12

0.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

D1 D

For Cable

Entry

Top View

Bottom View

For Reference Only,

Dimensions Subject to Change.

IL hp

††75

100

—

200

250

IH hp

††60

††75

100

150

200

208/230V

480V

Note: No bottom entry/exit.

S7 option required.

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-37

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

Enclosed SVX

097

SVX Drawing 15—Enclosure Size 6

Table 31.2-24. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight—Enclosed Products

Table 31.2-24. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight—Enclosed Products (Continued)

Figure 31.2-29. Approximate Dimensions

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Wide

High

Deep

Mounting H Minimum Air Space

D D1D2E F G G1 J K

630.00

(762)

90.00

(2286)

26.00

(660)

26.50

(673)

1.80

(46)

——17.30

(438)

5.50

(140)

— 84.40

(2143)

4.00

(102)

—

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx.

Ship. Wt.

Lb (kg)

Cable Entry Door Clearance

T U V W RR SS TT UU VV

LMNPR

6 23.5

(597)

03.30

(84)

4.50

(114)

19.30

(490)

— 26.20

(667)

24.80

(629)

———93.90

(2386)

————1500 (681)

Keypad

Operator Elements When Specified,

Mounted on These Panels

Ventilating Slots

Key-Locking Handle

Quarter Turn Latch

(2 Places)

Flanged Disconnect Supplied

with Circuit Breaker When Specified

Side View

Bottom View

Top View

Door Clearance

DD1

For Cable Entry

0.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Hole –

(4 Places)

Front View

IL hp

300

350

400

IH hp

250

300

350

480V

Note: See Page 31.2-29 notes 4

and 5 for enclosure and option

selection.

31.2-38

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

Enclosed SVX

098

SVX Drawing 16—Enclosure Size 8

Table 31.2-25. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight—Enclosed Products

Table 31.2-25. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight—Enclosed Products (Continued)

Figure 31.2-30. Approximate Dimensions

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Wide

High

Deep

Mounting H Minimum Air Space

D D1D2E F G G1 J K

848.00

(1219)

90.00

(2286)

24.00

(610)

42.20

(1072)

3.00

(77)

———5.50

(139)

— 84.40

(2143)

4.00

(102)

—

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx.

Ship. Wt.

Lb (kg)

Cable Entry U V W RR SS TT UU VV

LMNPRST

89.50

(241)

37.50

(952)

12.50

(318)

7. 7 0

(196)

8.30

(210)

1.30

(32)

31.00

(787)

21.50

(545)

21.30

(541)

— 93.50

(2375)

————2000 (908)

0.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Hole –

(4 Places)

For Top Cable Entry –

(2 Places)

Bottom View

Top View

Front View

Side View

For Bottom

Cable Entry

IL hp

300

350

400

500

550

600

IH hp

250

300

350

400

500

550

480V

Note: See Page 31.2-29

notes 4 and 5 for enclosure

and option selection.

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-39

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

Enclosed SVX

100

SVX Drawing 17—Enclosure Size 9

Table 31.2-26. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight—Enclosed Products

Table 31.2-26. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight—Enclosed Products (Continued)

Figure 31.2-31. Approximate Dimensions

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Wide

High

Deep

Mounting H Minimum Air Space

D D1D2E F G G1 J K

960.00

(1524)

90.00

(2286)

26.10

(664)

22.90

(582)

2.00

(51)

30.00

(762)

44.30

(1125)

10.60

(270)

10.60

(270)

8.20

(208)

—4.00

(102)

—

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx.

Ship. Wt.

Lb (kg)

Cable Entry W RR SS TT UU VV

LMNPRSTUV

98.50

(216)

32.70

(831)

12.00

(305)

11. 9 0

(303)

9.80

(249)

1.50

(38)

43.50

(1105)

15.00

(381)

7. 5 0

(191)

25.00

(635)

93.50

(2375)

27.40

(696)

29.10

(738)

27.10

(687)

— 2500 (1135)

Top View

STU

AC Front View

Bottom View

Side View

Access in Top –

(2 Places)

Bottom Access

0.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Hole –

(5 Places)

90º Max.

Door

Opening

D1 D

Key-Locking Handle

Access

Plate –

4 Places

90º Max.

Door

Opening

Drive Circuit Breaker

IL hp

500

550

600

IH hp

400

500

550

480V

Note: See Page 31.2-29

notes 4 and 5 for enclosure

and option selection.

31.2-40

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

Enclosed SVX

100

CFX9000—Drawing 6

Figure 31.2-32. Enclosure Size F—Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Table 31.2-27. CFX9000 Drive Dimensions

H H1 W W1 D D1 Approximate

Weight Lb (kg)

Approximate

Shipping Weight

Lb (kg)

93.58 (2376.9) 69.51 (1765.60) 60.00 (1524.0) 48.00 (1219.2) 37.50 (952.5) 26.00 (660.4) 1700 (771) 1850 (839)

HH1

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-41

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CFX Passive Filtered SVX

101

CFX Passive Filtered SVX

CFX9000 Enclosed Drives

General Description

Eaton’s CFX9000 Clean Power Drives use tuned passive

filters to significantly reduce line harmonics at the drive

input terminals.

The CFX9000 drive also delivers true power factor—in

addition to reducing harmonic distortion, the CFX9000

drive prevents transformer overheating and overloading

of breakers and feeders, which enables the application of

adjustable frequency drives on generators and other high

impedance power systems.

CFX9000 Enclosed Products

■Standard enclosed—covers a wide range of the most

commonly ordered options. Pre-engineering eliminates

the lead time normally associated with customer

specific options. Available configurations are listed

on Pages 31.3-3–31.3-9

■Modified standard enclosed—applies to specific customer

requirements that vary from the Standard Enclosed offer-

ing, such as the need for an additional indicating light or

minor modifications to drawings. Contact your local sales

office for assistance in pricing and lead time

■Custom engineered—for those applications with more

unique or complex requirements, these are individually

engineered to the customer’s needs. Contact your local

sales office for assistance in pricing and lead time

Application Description

Terms

■PCC (point of common coupling) is defined as the

electrical connecting point between the utility and

multiple customers per the specifications in IEEE 519

■POA (point of analysis) is defined as where the harmonic

calculations are taken

An oscilloscope can make all measurements at the PCC or

POA to do an on-site harmonic evaluation.

Features and Benefits

CFX9000 Integrated Filter Clean Power Drive features include

(at 480 V):

■UL Type 1, UL Type 12, UL Type 3R

and NEMA 12 with

gaskets and filters

■Input voltage: 480 V, 230 V, 575 V

■Complete range of control, network and power options

■Horsepower range:

❑480 V, 7-1/2–400 hp IL

❑230 V, 7-1/2–100 hp IL; consult factory for details

❑575 V, 15–400 hp IL; consult factory for details

■Single enclosure for both drive and filter reduces field

wiring and enables convenient bypass installation

■Packaged solution ensures optimal coordination of drive

and filter

Standards and Certifications

■UL

■cUL

■508C

Product Identification

CFX9000 Drive—UL Type 12, 40 hp

Input

Reactor

Optional

Breaker

Disconnect

(P1)

Shunt

Fusing

Tuned

Shunt

Reactor

SVX9000

Drive

Tuned

Harmonic

Capacitor

Door-Mounted

Keypad

31.2-42

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CFX Passive Filtered SVX

102

Catalog Number Selection

Table 31.2-28. CFX9000 Enclosed Drives Catalog Numbering System

1Brake chopper is standard in 208 V, 230 V

and 480 V drives up to FR6; optional in all

other drives.

2Local/remote keypad is included as the

standard control panel.

3Some options are voltage and/or

horsepower specific. Consult your

Eaton representative for details.

4See Pages 31.2-30 and 31.2-31 for complete

descriptions.

5Includes local/remote speed reference switch.

6See Page 31.2-6 for complete descriptions.

7Consult Eaton for availability.

Table 31.2-29. Ambient Temperature Ratings

1For high temperature rating, select HT

option code and contact factory.

■If dynamic brake chopper or control/

communication option is desired,

change the appropriate code in the

base catalog number

■All of the programming is

exactly the same as the standard

SVX9000 drive

■Select enclosed options. Add

the codes as suffixes to the base

catalog number in alphabetical and

numeric order

Enclosed Options 234 Type

Door-mounted speed potentiometer 5

Door-mounted speed potentiometer with

HOA selector switch 5

3–15 psig follower

HAND/OFF/AUTO switch (22 mm)

MANUAL/AUTO reference switch (22 mm)

START/STOP pushbuttons (22 mm)

Bypass test switch for RA and RB

Standard elapsed time meter

Control

Addl. bypass

Control

Power, RUN and fault pilot lights

Bypass pilot lights for RA, RB, bypass options

Red RUN light

Light

Addl. bypass

Light

Input circuit breaker

Input line fuses (200 kAIC)

Input power surge protection

SPD surge protective device

Output contactor

Output filter

MotoRx (up to 600 ft) 1000 V/µS DV/DT filter

Single overload relay

Dual overload relays

Dual overloads for bypass

Input

Output

Addl. bypass

Manual HOA bypass controller

Manual IOB bypass controller

Auto transfer HOA bypass controller

Auto transfer IOB bypass controller

Reduced voltage starter for bypass

Bypass

Floor stand 6.00 inches

Floor stand 22.00 inches

Floor stand 12.00 inches

Space heater

Enclosure

Enclosure Rating

1 = UL Type 1

2 = UL Type 12

3 = UL Type 3R

CFX 050 1 4 A A

Product Family

CFX =Integrated

filter clean

power drive

Horsepower Rating

007 = 7-1/2

010 = 10

015 = 15

020 = 20

025 = 25

030 = 30

040 = 40

050 = 50

060 = 60

075 = 75

100 = 100

125 = 125

150 = 150

200 = 200

250 = 250

300 = 300

350 = 350

400 = 400

Build Alphabetically and Numerically

Voltage Rating

1= 208 V

2= 230 V

4= 480 V

5= 575 V (575–600 V)

Application—Torque/Braking 1

A = IL/no brake chopper

B = IL/internal brake chopper

D = IH/no brake chopper

E = IH/internal brake chopper

Enclosed Style

A = Enclosed drive

Communication Options 6

C2 = Modbus

C3 = PROFIBUS DP

C4 = LonWorks

C5 = PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector)

C6 = CANopen (slave)

C7 = DeviceNet

C8 = Modbus (D9 type connector)

CA = Johnson Controls N2

CI = Modbus TCP/EtherNet/IP

CJ =BACnet

D3 = RS-232 with D9 connection

Control Options

B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc

B = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm

B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc

B5 = 3 RO (NO)

B8 = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100

B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input

Engineered Options

HT = High temperature rating

for 50°C 7

VB = Varnished boards

Enclosure Size IHIL

B, C, 9 1

7, 8

40 °C

50 °C

40 °C

50 °C

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-43

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CFX Passive Filtered SVX

103

Technical Data and Specifications

Table 31.2-30. 208 Vac

Table 31.2-31. 230 Vac

hp NEC

Current

Chassis

Frame

NEMA 1 NEMA 12 NEMA 3R

Disconnect

Only

Power

Options

Disconnect

Only

Power

Options

Disconnect

Only

Power

Options

Low Overload Drive (Variable Torque)

7-1/2

24.2

30.8

46.2

FR5

FR6

DWG-1

DRW-1

DRW-3

DWG-1

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-2

DRW-4

59.4

74.8

88.0

FR6

FR7

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-2

DRW-4

DRW-5

11 4 . 0

143.0

169.0

FR7

FR8

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-4

DRW-6

DRW-5

DRW-6

100

211.0

273.0

FR8

FR9

DRW-7

DRW-8

DRW-7

DRW-8

DRW-7

DRW-8

DRW-7

DRW-8

DRW-6

High Overload Drive (Constant Torque)

7-1/2

24.2

30.8

46.2

FR5

FR6

DWG-1

DRW-1

DRW-3

DWG-1

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-2

DRW-4

59.4

74.8

88.0

FR7

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-4

DRW-5

11 4 . 0

143.0

169.0

FR8

DRW-7

DRW-6

100

211.0

273.0

FR9

DRW-8

DRW-6

hp NEC

Current

Chassis

Frame

NEMA 1 NEMA 12 NEMA 3R

Disconnect

Only

Power

Options

Disconnect

Only

Power

Options

Disconnect

Only

Power

Options

Low Overload Drive (Variable Torque)

7-1/2

22.0

28.0

42.0

FR5

FR6

DWG-1

DRW-1

DRW-3

DWG-1

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-2

DRW-4

54.0

68.0

80.0

FR6

FR7

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-2

DRW-4

DRW-5

104.0

130.0

154.0

FR7

FR8

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-4

DRW-6

DRW-5

DRW-6

100

192.0

248.0

FR8

FR9

DRW-7

DRW-8

DRW-7

DRW-8

DRW-7

DRW-8

DRW-7

DRW-8

DRW-6

High Overload Drive (Constant Torque)

7-1/2

22.0

28.0

42.0

FR5

FR6

DWG-1

DRW-1

DRW-3

DWG-1

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-2

DRW-4

54.0

68.0

80.0

FR7

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-2

DRW-4

DRW-5

104.0

130.0

154.0

FR8

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-4

DRW-6

DRW-5

DRW-6

100

192.0

248.0

FR9

DRW-8

DRW-6

31.2-44

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CFX Passive Filtered SVX

104

Table 31.2-32. 480 Vac

1Consult factory.

hp NEC

Current

Chassis

Frame

NEMA 1 NEMA 12 NEMA 3R

Disconnect

Only

Power

Options

Disconnect

Only

Power

Options

Disconnect

Only

Power

Options

Low Overload Drive (Variable Torque)

7-1/2

11. 0

14.0

21.0

FR4

FR5

DWG-1

DRW-1

DRW-3

DWG-1

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-2

DRW-4

27.0

34.0

40.0

FR5

FR6

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-2

DRW-4

52.0

65.0

77.0

FR7

FR8

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-2

DRW-4

DRW-5

100

125

96.0

124.0

156.0

FR8

FR9

FR8

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-4

DRW-5

150

200

250

180.0

240.0

302.0

FR8

FR9

DRW-3

DRW-8

DRW-7

DRW-8

DRW-3

DRW-8

DRW-7

DRW-8

DRW-4

DRW-6

DRW-5

DRW-6

300

350

400

361.0

414.0

477.0

FR10

DRW-9

High Overload Drive (Constant Torque)

7-1/2

11. 0

14.0

21.0

FR4

FR5

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-2

DRW-4

27.0

34.0

40.0

FR5

FR6

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-2

DRW-4

52.0

65.0

77.0

FR6

FR7

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-2

DRW-4

DRW-5

100

125

96.0

124.0

156.0

FR7

FR8

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-4

DRW-6

DRW-5

DRW-6

150

200

250

180.0

240.0

302.0

FR8

FR9

DRW-7

DRW-8

DRW-7

DRW-8

DRW-7

DRW-8

DRW-7

DRW-8

DRW-6

300

350

361.0

414.0

FR10

DRW-9

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-45

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CFX Passive Filtered SVX

105

Table 31.2-33. 575 Vac

1Consult factory.

hp NEC

Current

Chassis

Frame

NEMA 1 NEMA 12 NEMA 3R

Disconnect

Only

Power

Options

Disconnect

Only

Power

Options

Disconnect

Only

Power

Options

Low Overload Drive (Variable Torque)

17.0

22.0

27.0

FR6

DWG-1

DRW-1

DRW-3

DWG-1

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-2

DRW-4

32.0

41.0

52.0

FR6

FR7

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-1

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-2

DRW-4

DRW-5

100

62.0

77.0

99.0

FR8

DRW-7

DRW-6

125

150

200

125.0

144.0

192.0

FR9

DRW-8

DRW-6

250

300

400

242.0

289.0

382.0

FR10

DRW-9

High Overload Drive (Constant Torque)

14.0

17.0

22.0

FR6

DWG-1

DRW-3

DWG-1

DRW-3

DRW-2

DRW-4

27.0

32.0

41.0

FR6

FR7

DWG-1

DRW-3

DRW-7

DWG-1

DRW-3

DRW-7

DRW-2

DRW-4

DRW-5

52.0

62.0

77.0

FR8

DRW-7

DRW-6

100

125

150

99.0

125.0

144.0

FR9

DRW-8

DRW-6

200

250

300

192.0

242.0

289.0

FR10

DRW-9

31.2-46

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CFX Passive Filtered SVX

106

Figure 31.2-33. BX Box, NEMA 1/12

Figure 31.2-34. BX Box, NEMA 3R

4.00 (101.6)

Minimum

Free Air Space

Required

28.55

(725.1)

36.80

(934.7)

36.35

(923.3)

19.30 (490.2)

20.92 (531.4)

17.01 (432.2)

1.76

(44.8)

37.74

(958.6)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

28.56

(725.3)

44.09

(1119.8)

36.35

(923.3)

42.69

(1084.3)

19.30 (490.2)

20.92 (531.4)

37.74

(958.6)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

17.01 (432.2)

3.51

(89.1)

20.18 (512.5)

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-47

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CFX Passive Filtered SVX

107

Figure 31.2-35. CX Box, NEMA 1/12

Figure 31.2-36. CX Box, NEMA 3R

49.74

(1263.4)

48.80

(1239.5)

48.35

(1228.1)

29.30 (744.2)

30.92 (785.4)

1.74

(44.2) 17.76 (451.2)

35.85

(910.6)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

30.88 (784.4)

56.08

(1424.5)

54.77

(1391.2)

48.35

(1228.1)

29.30 (744.2)

30.92 (785.4) 17.76 (451.2)

3.72

(94.4)

56.96

(1446.9)

35.85

(910.6)

21.00 (533.3)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

31.2-48

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CFX Passive Filtered SVX

108

Figure 31.2-37. DX Box, NEMA 1/12

Figure 31.2-38. DX Box, NEMA 3R

82.35

(2091.7)

76.35

(1939.3)

30.92

(785.4)

22.48

(571.1)

1.55

(39.4)

82.85

(2104.4)

67.89

(1724.4)

28.88 (733.6)

22.56

(573.0) 6.13

(155.6)

8.38 (212.9)

1.62 (41.1)

22.12

(561.8)

29.30 (744.2)

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(2 Places)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

4.00 (101.6)

Minimum

Free Air Space

Required

22.81

(579.2)

29.06 (738.1)

30.88 (784.4)

27.88 (708.2)

89.70

(2278.3)

82.84

(2104.1)

76.35

(1939.3)

30.92 (785.4) 3.64

(92.5)

22.48

(571.1)

67.89

(1724.4)

90.14

(2289.5)

25.51 (647.8)

1.80 (45.7)

8.56 (217.4)

22.30

(566.4)

Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(2 Places)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum

Air Space

Required

Both Sides

6.31

(160.3)

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-49

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CFX Passive Filtered SVX

109

CFX9000—Drawing 6

Figure 31.2-39. Enclosure Size F—Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Table 31.2-34. CFX9000 Drive Dimensions

H H1 W W1 D D1 Approximate

Weight Lb (kg)

Approximate

Shipping Weight

Lb (kg)

93.58 (2376.9) 69.51 (1765.60) 60.00 (1524.0) 48.00 (1219.2) 37.50 (952.5) 26.00 (660.4) 1700 (771) 1850 (839)

HH1

31.2-50

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CFX Passive Filtered SVX

110

CFX9000—Drawing 7

Figure 31.2-40. Enclosure Size 7—Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Construction: NEMA Type 1 Oversize

Finish: Enclosure–ANSI 61 Gray (Light)

30.00

(762.0)

15.50

(393.7)

21.50

(546.1)

Side View

15.00

(381.0)

8.00

(203.2)

8.50

(215.9)

18.75

(476.3)

5.75

(146.1)

1.75 (44.5) Typ.

24.45 (621.0)

28.05 (712.5)

20.00

(508.0)

26.25

(666.8)

4.79

(121.7)

Top View

Bottom View

10.00

(254.0)

Hinged Side

Door Clearance

at 90∞

2.00

(50.8)

3.50

(88.9)

90.00

(2286.0)

93.92

(2385.6) 84.37

(2143.0)

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

Keypad

Exhaust

Air

For

Cable Entry

Operator Elements When Specified,

Mounted on These Panels

Intake Ventilating Slots

(Filtered on NEMA 12)

Key-Locking Handle

Quarter Turn Latch

(2 Places)

Opening for

Bottom Cable Entry

0.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Holes

(4 Places)

Flanged Disconnect Supplied

with Circuit Breaker When Specified

Front View

Approximate

Shipping Weight

Lb (kg)

1000 (454)

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-51

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CFX Passive Filtered SVX

111

CFX9000—Drawing 8

Figure 31.2-41. Enclosure Size 8—Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Construction: NEMA Type 1 Oversize

Finish: Enclosure–ANSI 61 Gray (Light)

24.00 (609.6)

25.14 (639)

Side View 9.50

(241.3)

22.47

(570.74)

5.48

(139.19)

7.73

(196.34)

12.50

(317.5)

45.22 (1148.59)

37.47 (951.74)

3.01 (76.45)

8.25

(209.6)

1.25

(31.8)

31.00

(787.4)

21.45 (544.8) 21.31 (541.3)

48.00 (1219.2)

Front View

Top View

90.00

(2286.0)

93.50

(2374.9)84.37

(2143.0)

Opening for Top Cable Entry

(2 Places)

Keypad

Operator Elements When Specified,

Mounted on These Panels

Intake Ventilating Slots

(Filtered on NEMA 12)

Key-Locking Handle

Quarter Turn Latch

(2 Places)

Bottom View

0.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Holes

(4 Places) Opening for

Bottom Cable Entry

Flanged Disconnect Supplied

with Circuit Breaker When Specified

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

Approximate

Shipping Weight

Lb (kg)

1400 (636)

31.2-52

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CFX Passive Filtered SVX

112

CFX9000—Drawing 9

Figure 31.2-42. Enclosure Size 9—Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

25.00 (635.0)

26.14 (664.0)

9.75

(247.7)

Top View

1.5 (38.1) 43.5 (1104.9)

90.00

(2286.0)

93.50

(2374.9)

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

60.00 (1524)

Front View

Bottom View

Side View

7.46 x 15.00

(189.5 x 381.0)

Access in Top –

2 Places

8.50 x 12.00 (215.9 x 304.8)

Bottom Access

0.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Hole –

5 Places

27.06

(687.3)

27.36

(694.9)

90 Max.

Door

Opening

29.05

(737.9)

11. 93

(303.0)

25.00

(635.0)

18.84

(478.5)

8.20

(208.3)

2.00 (50.8) 22.90 (581.7)

32.72 (831.1)

46.30 (1176.0)

54.90 (1394.5)

Key-Locking Handle

Access

Plate –

4 Places

90 Max.

Door

Opening

Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (Light)

Material: Enclosure and Backplate – 12 ga.

= .1046 Cold Rolled Steel

Operator

Elements

When Specified,

Mounted on

These Panels

Keypad

Intake Ventilating Slots

(Filtered on NEMA 12)

Quarter Turn Latch

(2 Places)

Flanged Disconnect

Supplied with

Circuit Breaker

When Specified

Approximate

Shipping Weight

Lb (kg)

1800 (817)

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-53

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CPX 18-Pulse SVX

113

CPX 18-Pulse SVX

CPX9000—150 hp IL

General Description

Eaton’s CPX9000 Clean Power Drives

use advanced 18-pulse, clean power

technology that significantly reduces

line harmonics at the drive input

terminals, resulting in one of the

purest sinusoidal waveforms available.

Enhancements to the CPX9000

Clean Power Drives include smaller

enclosures and higher temperature

ratings than CP9000 for selected drives.

The CPX9000 drive also delivers true

power factor—in addition to reducing

harmonic distortion, the CPX9000 drive

prevents transformer overheating and

overloading of breakers and feeders,

which enables the application of

adjustable frequency drives on

generators and other high impedance

power systems.

CPX9000 Enclosed Products

■Standard enclosed—covers a

wide range of the most commonly

ordered options. Pre-engineering

eliminates the lead time normally

associated with customer specific

options

■Modified standard enclosed—

applies to specific customer require-

ments that vary from the Standard

Enclosed offering, such as the need

for an additional indicating light or

minor modifications to drawings.

Contact your local sales office for

assistance in pricing and lead time

■Custom engineered—for those

applications with more unique

or complex requirements, these

are individually engineered to the

customer’s needs. Contact your

local sales office for pricing and

lead time

Features and Benefits

CPX9000 Clean Power Drive

features include:

■25–150 hp IL drives available in

30-inch enclosure

■200 and 250 hp IL drives available in

48-inch enclosure

■300–400 hp IL drives available in

60-inch enclosure

■500–600 hp IL drives available in

80-inch enclosure

■NEMA Type 1, NEMA 12 with

gaskets and filters

■Input voltage: 480 V, 208/230 V

■Complete range of control, network

and power options

■Horsepower range:

❑480 V, 25–700 hp IH;

25–800 hp IL

❑208/230 V, 25–100 hp IL;

consult factory for details

■Over 10 years of 18-pulse clean

power experience

31.2-54

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CPX 18-Pulse SVX

114

Catalog Number Selection

Table 31.2-35. CPX9000 Enclosed NEMA Type 1 Drive Catalog Numbering System

1Brake chopper is standard in drives up to 30 hp IH or 40 hp IL. It is optional in larger drives.

2Local/remote keypad is included as the standard control panel and as a digital HOA switch.

3Some options are voltage and/or horsepower specific. Consult your Eaton representative for details.

4See Pages 31.2-30 and 31.2-31 for descriptions.

5Includes local/remote speed reference switch.

6See Page 31.2-6 for complete descriptions.

7Consult Eaton for pricing and availability.

Communication Options 6

C2 = Modbus

C3 = PROFIBUS DP

C4 = LonWorks

C5 = PROFIBUS DP (D9

connector)

C6 = CANopen (slave)

C7 = DeviceNet

C8 = Modbus (D9 Type

connector)

CA = Johnson Controls N2

CI = Modbus TCP

CJ =BACnet

D3 = RS-232 with D9 connection

C P X 1 0 0 1 4 A A

Voltage Rating

4 = 480 V

Product Family

CPX = Clean power 18-pulse

enclosed drives

Horsepower Rating

025 = 25 hp

030 = 30 hp

040 = 40 hp

050 = 50 hp

060 = 60 hp

075 = 75 hp

100 = 100 hp

125 = 125 hp

150 = 150 hp

200 = 200 hp

250 = 250 hp

300 = 300 hp

350 = 350 hp

400 = 400 hp

500 = 500 hp

600 = 600 hp

700 = 700 hp

800 = 800 hp

Enclosure Rating

1 = NEMA Type 1

6 = NEMA 12 filtered

Application—Torque/Braking 2

A = IL/no brake chopper

B = IL/internal brake chopper

D = IH/no brake chopper

E = IH/internal brake chopper

Enclosed Style

A = Enclosed drive

Enclosed Options 135 Type

Door-mounted speed potentiometer 5

Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA

selector switch 5

3–15 psig follower

HAND/OFF/AUTO switch (22 mm)

MANUAL/AUTO reference switch (22 mm)

START/STOP pushbuttons (22 mm)

Bypass test switch for RA and RB

Standard elapsed time meter

Control

Addl. bypass

Control

Power on and fault pilot lights

Bypass pilot lights for RA, RB, bypass options

Red RUN light

Light

Addl. bypass

Light

Input disconnect

Output contactor

Output filter

MotoRx (up to 600 ft) 1000 V/µS

DV/DT filter

Single overload relay

Dual overload relays

Dual overloads for bypass

Input

Output

Addl. bypass

Manual HOA bypass controller

Manual IOB bypass controller

Auto transfer HOA bypass controller

Auto transfer IOB bypass controller

Reduced voltage starter for bypass

Bypass

10-inch expansion

20-inch expansion

Space heater

Enclosure

Build options alphabetically and numerically.

Engineered Options

HT = High temperature rating for 50 °C

(FR10 and above) 7

VB = Varnished boards

Control Options

B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc

B2 = 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm

B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc

B5 = 3 RO (NO)

B8 = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100

B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac Input

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-55

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CPX 18-Pulse SVX

115

Table 31.2-36. 480 Vac CPX9000 Base Drive Product Selection

1See enclosure dimensions in Ta b l e 3 1. 2 -3 7 .

2Consult factory.

Table 31.2-37. CPX9000 Enclosure Dimensions

3Enclosure sizes accommodate drive and options, including bypass and disconnect.

For other power options, consult your Eaton representative.

4Consult factory.

Enclosure

Size 1

hp Current

(A)

Chassis

Frame

Drawing

Number

Low Overload Drive—IL = Variable Torque

725

FR6

750

105

FR7

7100

125

150

140

170

205

FR8

8200

250

261

300

FR9

9300

350

400

385

460

520

FR10

10 500

550

600

590

650

730

FR11

11 6 5 0

700

800

820

920

1030

FR12

High Overload Drive—IH = Constant Torque

725

FR6

FR7

750

105

FR7

FR8

7100

125

140

170

FR8

8150

200

205

245

FR9

9250

300

350

300

385

460

FR10

10 400

500

550

520

590

650

FR11

11 6 0 0

650

700

720

820

840

FR12

Enclosure

Size 3

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Width Height Depth

30.00 (762.0)

48.00 (1219.2)

60.00 (1524.0)

90.00 (2286.0)

21.50 (546.1)

26.14 (664.0)

25.74 (653.8)

11 4

80.00 (2032.0)

—

90.00 (2286.0)

—

31.75 (806.5)

—

31.2-56

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CPX 18-Pulse SVX

116

Dimensions

CPX Drawing 1—Enclosure Size 7

Figure 31.2-43. 25–150 hp IL and 25–125 hp IH—Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Construction: NEMA Type 1 Oversize

Finish: Enclosure–ANSI 61 Gray (Light)

30.00

(762.0)

15.50

(393.7)

21.50

(546.1)

Side View

15.00

(381.0)

8.00

(203.2)

8.50

(215.9)

18.75

(476.3)

5.75

(146.1)

1.75 (44.5) Typ.

24.45 (621.0)

28.05 (712.5)

20.00

(508.0)

26.25

(666.8)

4.79

(121.7)

Top View

Bottom View

10.00

(254.0)

Hinged Side

Door Clearance

at 90∞

2.00

(50.8)

3.50

(88.9)

90.00

(2286.0)

93.92

(2385.6) 84.37

(2143.0)

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

Keypad

Exhaust

Air

For

Cable Entry

Operator Elements When Specified,

Mounted on These Panels

Intake Ventilating Slots

(Filtered on NEMA 12)

Key-Locking Handle

Quarter Turn Latch

(2 Places)

Opening for

Bottom Cable Entry

0.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Holes

(4 Places)

Flanged Disconnect Supplied

with Circuit Breaker When Specified

Front View

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-57

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CPX 18-Pulse SVX

117

CPX Drawing 2—Enclosure Size 8

Figure 31.2-44. 200–250 hp IL and 150–200 hp IH—Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Construction: NEMA Type 1 Oversize

Finish: Enclosure–ANSI 61 Gray (Light)

24.00 (609.6)

25.14 (639)

Side View 9.50

(241.3)

22.47

(570.74)

5.48

(139.19)

7.73

(196.34)

12.50

(317.5)

45.22 (1148.59)

37.47 (951.74)

3.01 (76.45)

8.25

(209.6)

1.25

(31.8)

31.00

(787.4)

21.45 (544.8) 21.31 (541.3)

48.00 (1219.2)

Front View

Top View

90.00

(2286.0)

93.50

(2374.9)84.37

(2143.0)

Opening for Top Cable Entry

(2 Places)

Keypad

Operator Elements When Specified,

Mounted on These Panels

Intake Ventilating Slots

(Filtered on NEMA 12)

Key-Locking Handle

Quarter Turn Latch

(2 Places)

Bottom View

0.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Holes

(4 Places) Opening for

Bottom Cable Entry

Flanged Disconnect Supplied

with Circuit Breaker When Specified

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

31.2-58

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CPX 18-Pulse SVX

118

CPX Drawing 3—Enclosure Size 9

Figure 31.2-45. 300–400 hp IL and 250–350 hp IH—Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

25.00 (635.0)

26.14 (664.0)

9.75

(247.7)

Top View

1.5 (38.1) 43.5 (1104.9)

90.00

(2286.0)

93.50

(2374.9)

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

60.00 (1524)

Front View

Bottom View

Side View

7.46 x 15.00

(189.5 x 381.0)

Access in Top –

2 Places

8.50 x 12.00 (215.9 x 304.8)

Bottom Access

0.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Hole –

5 Places

27.06

(687.3)

27.36

(694.9)

90 Max.

Door

Opening

29.05

(737.9)

11. 93

(303.0)

25.00

(635.0)

18.84

(478.5)

8.20

(208.3)

2.00 (50.8) 22.90 (581.7)

32.72 (831.1)

46.30 (1176.0)

54.90 (1394.5)

Key-Locking Handle

Access

Plate –

4 Places

90 Max.

Door

Opening

Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (Light)

Material: Enclosure and Backplate – 12 ga.

= .1046 Cold Rolled Steel

Operator

Elements

When Specified,

Mounted on

These Panels

Keypad

Intake Ventilating Slots

(Filtered on NEMA 12)

Quarter Turn Latch

(2 Places)

Flanged Disconnect

Supplied with

Circuit Breaker

When Specified

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.2-59

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CPX 18-Pulse SVX

119

CPX Drawing 4—Enclosure Size 10

Figure 31.2-46. 500–600 hp IL and 400–500 hp IH—Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

30.50 (774.7)

31.75 (806.5)

9.03

(229.4)

Top View

15.63

(397.0)

90.00

(2286.0)

84.37

(2143.0)

93.50

(2374.9)

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

35.75 (908.1) 35.75 (908.1)

80.00 (2032.0)

Front View

Side View

21.00 x 10.00

(533.4 x 254.0)

Access in Top

21.00 x 10.00 (533.4 x 254.0)

Bottom Access

17.79

(451.9)

29.04

(737.6)

4.87

(123.7)

2.00 (50.8)

15.64

(397.3)

38.00 (965.2)

42.02 (1067.3)

Bottom View

78.02 (1981.7)

Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (Light)

Material: Enclosure and Backplate–12 ga.

= 0.1046 Cold Rolled Steel

Operator

Elements

When

Specified,

Mounted

on These

Panels

Keypad

Key-Locking

Handle

Intake Ventilating

Slots (Filtered on

NEMA 12)

Quarter Turn

Latch (4 Places)

Flanged

Disconnect

Supplied with

Circuit Breaker

When Specified

31.2-60

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

9000X Series Drives

CPX 18-Pulse SVX

120

Wiring Diagrams

Figure 31.2-47. Power Diagram 25–250 hp IL and 25–200 hp IH

Figure 31.2-48. Power Diagram 300+ hp IL and 250+ hp IH

Figure 31.2-49. Power Diagram 25–250 hp IL and 25–200 hp IH with Bypass

Figure 31.2-50. Power Diagram 300+ hp IL/250+ hp IH with Bypass

18-Pulse

Transformer

18-Pulse

Diode Bridge

9000X

Drive

Circuit

Breaker

Motor

Input

Fusing

IInverter Input

Contactor

18-Pulse

Transformer

6-Pulse

Diode Bridge

9000X

12-Pulse Drive

Circuit

Breaker

Motor

Input

Fusing

Pre-charge

Complete

Contactor

18-Pulse

Transformer

Optional

Reduced

Voltage Starter

18-Pulse

Diode Bridge

9000X

Drive

HMCP

Output

Contactor

Mechanical

Interlock

Motor

Inverter Input

Contactor I

Bypass

Contactor

(IT.)

Input

Fusing

Overload

18-Pulse

Tr ansformer

Optional

Reduced

Voltage Starter

9000X

12-Pulse Drive

HMCP

Output

Contactor

Mechanical

Interlock

Motor

Inverter Input

Contactor I

Bypass

Contactor

Input

Fusing

Overload

6-Pulse

Diode Bridge

Pre-charge

Complete

Contactor

(IT.)

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.3-1

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

31.3-9H-Max Drives

H-Max Drives

121

H-Max Drives

General Description

Eaton’s H-Max Series VFD has

software and hardware designed

specifically for the HVAC, pump

industry. The ultra-efficient DC

capacitor and power structure allows

the drive to consume less energy,

lowering greenhouse gases.

The I/O configuration is designed

with

wiring ergonomics in mind by includ-

ing removable terminal blocks. The

main, easily removable, control board

used for all drive frames with six

digital IN,

two analog IN, one analog

OUT, three relay OUT

accepts two

additional I/O or communication

board. In addition, the control board

has built-in RS-485 and Ethernet

communication.

These drives continue the tradition of

robust performance, and raise the bar

on features and functionality, ensur-

ing the best solution at the right price.

Features and Benefits

■Integrated DC link choke standard

on drives from FS4 through FS9

■DC bus regulation anti-trip

■Input surge protection against

voltage spikes varistor input

■EMI/RFI filters standard on all drives

from FS4 through FS9 to meet EMC

Category 2

■HAND/OFF/AUTO and DRIVE/

BYPASS selector on keypad

simplifies control

■Additional I/O and communication

cards provide plug-and-play

functionality

■Copy/paste function allows transfer

of parameter settings from one

drive to the next

■Keypad can display up to nine moni-

tored parameters simultaneously

■Remote mount keypad kit available

■NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12

available

■Real-time clock with PLC functionality

■Two independent PID functions

■On-screen troubleshooting

diagnostics with embedded

manual assistance

■Onboard RS-485 (Modbus, N2,

FLN, BACnet)

■Onboard Ethernet-based communi-

cations (BACnet/IP, Modbus/TCP

■Standard NEMA Type 12 keypad

on all drives

■Quickstart wizard built into

programming of drive ensures

a smooth startup

■I/O connections with simple

quick connection terminals

■Control logic can be powered from

an external 24 V power supply to

simulate internal drive functions

and fieldbus, if necessary, used for

testing and software downloads

■Standard I/O,6DI, 2AI, 1AO 2 Form C

RO (NO/NC), 1 Form A RO (NO)

■Hard wired external/damper interlock

Standards and Certifications

Product

■IEC 61800-5-1

■CE

■cUL

Safety

■UL 508C

■EN 61800-5-1

■CE

■cUL

Seismic Qualification

Refer to

Ta b 1

for information on

seismic qualification for this and

other Eaton products.

31.3-2

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

H-Max Drives

122

Catalog Number Selection

Table 31.3-1. H-Max Series Drives Catalog Numbering System

1DB chopper standard frames FS4–FS6. 1.5–40 hp, 3.4–61 A, 480 Vac; 0.75–20 hp, 3.7–62 A, 200–240 Vac.

Notes:

■All boards are varnished (conformed coated). Corrosion resistant.

■Battery included in all drives for real-time clock.

■Keypad kit includes HOA bypass.

■Keypad kit includes HOA, back reset for Europe application.

■EMI/RFI filters included.

■DC link choke included.

Amperes

200–240 V 380–480 V

3D7 = 3.7 A—0.75 hp, 0.55 kW 1

4D8 = 4.8 A—1 hp, 0.75 kW 1

6D6 = 6.6 A—1.5 hp, 1.1 kW 1

8D0 = 8 A—2 hp, 1.5 kW 1

011 = 11 A—3 hp, 2.2 kW 1

012 = 12 A—4 hp, 3 kW 1

018 = 18 A—5 hp, 4 kW 1

024 = 24 A—7.5 hp, 5.5 kW 1

031 = 31 A—10 hp, 7.5 kW 1

048 = 48 A—15 hp, 11 kW 1

062 = 62A—20 hp, 15 kW 1

075 = 75 A—25 hp, 18.5 kW

088 = 88 A—30 hp, 22 kW

105 = 105 A—40 hp, 30 kW

140 = 140 A—50 hp, 37 kW

170 = 170 A—60 hp, 45 kW

205 = 205 A—75 hp, 55 kW

261 = 261 A—100 hp, 75 kW

310 = 310 A—125 hp, 90 kW

3D4 = 3.4 A—1.5 hp, 1.1 kW 1

4D8 = 4.8 A—2 hp, 1.5 kW 1

5D6 = 5.6 A—3 hp, 2.2 kW 1

8D0 = 8 A—4 hp, 3 kW 1

9D6 = 9.6 A—5 hp, 4 kW 1

012 = 12 A—7.5 hp, 5.5 kW 1

016 = 16 A—10 hp, 7.5 kW 1

023 = 23 A—15 hp, 11 kW 1

031 = 31 A—20 hp, 15 kW 1

038 = 38 A—25 hp, 18.5 kW 1

046 = 46 A—30 hp, 22 kW 1

061 = 61 A—40 hp, 30 kW 1

072 = 72 A—50 hp, 37 kW

087 = 87 A—60 hp, 45 kW

105 = 105 A—75 hp, 55 kW

140 = 140 A—100 hp, 75 kW

170 = 170 A—125 hp, 90 kW

205 = 205 A—150 hp, 110 kW

261 = 261 A—200 hp, 132 kW

310 = 310 A—250 hp, 160 kW

HMX 3 4 A G 3D4 21-B

Product

HMX = HVAC drive

Extended I/O Options in Slot D and E

B1 = 6 x DI /DO, Each digital input can be

individually programmed as digital output

B2 = 1RO (NC/NO), 1RO (NO), 1 Thermistor

B4 = 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated)

B5 =3 x RO

B8 = 1 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100

B9 = 1RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input

Build options alphabetically and numerically.

Optional Communications in Slot D and E

C4 = LonWorks®

Standard Onboard Communications

RS-485 Communications

BACnet MS/TP = Master slave/token protocol

(Universal BACnet) RS-485

Modbus RTU RS-485, ASCII or RTU, remote

terminal unit 32 nodes

FLN Siemens APOGEE FLN (P1) ASCII or RTU,

remote terminal unit 32 nodes

N2 = Johnson Controls Metasys N2 network

Onboard Ethernet-Based Communications

(port left side of keypad)

BACnet/IP Ethernet industrial protocol

Modbus/TCP Transmission control protocol

(Ethernet-based)

Phase

3 =Three-phase

Voltage

2= 200–240 V

4= 380–480 V

Software Series

A–Z

Keypad

G = Graphical panel

Enclosure

1 = Open NEMA

Type 1 IP21

2 = Open NEMA

Type 12 IP54

Input Options Frame

and Voltage Specific

2 = EMC C2

Braking/Application

N= No brake chopper

(low overload)

B= Internal brake

chopper

(low overload

FS4–FS6 included)

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.3-3

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

H-Max Drives

123

Product Selection

Table 31.3-2. H-Max Series Drives—230 Vac

1For sizing reference.

Frame

Size

Drive Output Current Assigned Motor Ratings 230 Vac

NEC Amperes 1

Low Overload

Full Load Amperes

at 50 °C

Low Overload Full

Load Amperes at 40 °C

Horsepower Drive kW

230 Vac/50 Hz

NEMA Type 1/IP21

43.7

4.8

6.6

0.75

1.0

1.5

0.55

0.75

1.1

3.2

4.2

6.6

2.6

3.7

4.8

8.0

11. 0

12.5

2.0

3.0

4.0

1.5

2.2

3.0

6.8

9.6

N/A

6.6

8.0

11. 0

5 18.0

24.0

31.0

5.0

7. 5

10.0

4.0

5.5

7. 5

15.2

22.0

28.0

12.5

18.0

24.0

6 48.0

62.0

15.0

20.0

11. 0

15.0

42.0

54.0

31.0

48.0

7 75.0

88.0

105.0

25.0

30.0

40.0

18.5

22.0

30.0

68.0

80.0

104.0

62.0

75.0

88.0

8 140.0

170.0

205.0

50.0

60.0

75.0

37.0

45.0

55.0

130.0

154.0

192.0

105.0

140.0

170.0

9 261.0

310.0

100.0

125.0

75.0

90.0

248.0

N/A

205.0

261.0

NEMA Type 12/IP54

43.7

4.8

6.6

0.75

1.0

1.5

0.55

0.75

1.1

3.2

4.2

6.6

2.6

3.7

4.8

8.0

11. 0

12.5

2.0

3.0

4.0

1.5

2.2

3.0

6.8

9.6

N/A

6.6

8.0

11. 0

5 18.0

24.0

31.0

5.0

7. 5

10.0

4.0

5.5

7. 5

15.2

22.0

28.0

12.0

18.0

24.0

6 48.0

62.0

15.0

20.0

11. 0

15.0

42.0

54.0

31.0

48.0

7 75.0

88.0

105.0

25.0

30.0

40.0

18.5

22.0

30.0

68.0

80.0

104.0

62.0

75.0

88.0

8 140.0

170.0

205.0

50.0

60.0

75.0

37.0

45.0

55.0

130.0

154.0

192.0

105.0

140.0

170.0

9 261.0

310.0

100.0

125.0

75.0

90.0

248.0

N/A

205.0

261.0

31.3-4

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

H-Max Drives

124

Table 31.3-3. H-Max Series Drives—480 Vac

1For sizing reference.

Frame

Size

Drive Output Current Assigned Motor Ratings 480 Vac

NEC Amperes 1

Low Overload

Full Load Amperes

at 50 °C

Low Overload Full

Load Amperes at 40 °C

Horsepower Drive kW

400 Vac/50 Hz

NEMA Type 1/IP21

43.4

4.8

5.6

1.5

2.0

3.0

1.1

1.5

2.2

2.1

3.4

5.6

2.6

3.4

4.8

8.0

9.6

12.0

4.0

5.0

7. 5

3.0

4.0

5.5

N/A

7. 6

11. 0

5.6

8.0

9.6

5 16.0

23.0

31.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

7. 5

11. 0

15.0

14.0

21.0

27.0

12.0

16.0

23.0

6 38.0

46.0

61.0

25.0

30.0

40.0

18.5

22.0

30.0

34.0

40.0

52.0

31.0

38.0

46.0

7 72.0

87.0

105.0

50.0

60.0

75.0

37.0

45.0

55.0

65.0

77.0

96.0

61.0

72.0

87.0

8 140.0

170.0

205.0

100.0

125.0

150.0

75.0

90.0

110 . 0

124.0

156.0

180.0

105.0

140.0

170.0

9 261.0

310.0

200.0

250.0

132.0

160.0

240.0

302.0

205.0

261.0

NEMA Type 12/IP54

43.4

4.8

5.6

1.5

2.0

3.0

1.1

1.5

2.2

2.1

3.4

5.6

2.6

3.4

4.8

8.0

9.6

12.0

4.0

5.0

7. 5

3.0

4.0

5.5

N/A

7. 6

11. 0

5.6

8.0

9.6

516.0

23.0

31.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

7. 5

11. 0

15.0

14.0

21.0

27.0

12.0

16.0

23.0

6 38.0

46.0

61.0

25.0

30.0

40.0

18.5

22.0

30.0

34.0

40.0

52.0

31.0

38.0

46.0

7 72.0

87.0

105.0

50.0

60.0

75.0

37.0

45.0

55.0

65.0

77.0

96.0

61.0

72.0

87.0

8 140.0

170.0

205.0

100.0

125.0

150.0

75.0

90.0

110 . 0

124.0

156.0

180.0

105.0

140.0

170.0

9 261.0

310.0

200.0

250.0

132.0

160.0

240.0

302.0

205.0

261.0

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.3-5

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

H-Max Drives

125

Onboard Network Communications

Johnson Controls Metasys N2

H-Max Series provides communication

between the drive and a Johnson

Controls Metasys N2 network.

With this connection, the drive

can be controlled, monitored and

programmed from the Metasys

system. N2 can be selected and

programmed by the drive keypad.

BACnet

H-Max Series provides communication

to BACnet networks. Data transfer

is master-slave/token passing

(MS/TP) RS-485.

BACnet IP

100Base-T interface.

Modbus TCP

Ethernet based protocol.

Modbus RTU

H-Max Series provides communication

to Modbus RTU RS-485 as a slave on a

Modbus network. Other communica-

tion parameters include an address

range from 1 to 247; a parity of None,

Odd or Even; and the stop bit is 1.

FLN

H-Max Series provides communication

to Siemens APOGEE™ FLN (P1) RTU

RS-485 as a slave on an FLN network.

Other communication parameters

include an address range from 1 to 247,

a parity of None, Odd or Even

and option boards.

H-Max Series Option Board Kits

Available for Slots D and E

The H-Max Series drives can

accommodate a wide selection of

expander and adapter option boards

to customize the drive for your

application needs. The drive’s control

unit is designed to accept a total of two

option boards.

The H-Max Series factory-installed

standard board configuration includes

an I/O board and a relay output board.

Table 31.3-4. Option Boards

Mounted in Slots D and E

NEMA Type 1 to NEMA Type 12/

IP54 Conversion Kit

The NEMA Type 12/IP54 option kit is

used to convert a NEMA Type 1 to a

NEMA Type 12 drive.

Kit consists of a drive cover, a fan kit

and plugs.

Table 31.3-5. NEMA Type 12/IP54 Cover

Flange Kits

The flange kit is used when the power

section heat sink is mounted through

the back panel of an enclosure.

Option Kit

Description

Option Kit

Catalog

Number

6 x DI /DO, each digital

input can be individually

programmed as digital

output

XMX-IO-B1-A

1RO Form C (NO/NC), 1RO

Form A (NO), 1 thermistor

XMX-IO-B2-A

1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated) XMX-IO-B4-A

3 x RO Form A (NO) XMX-IO-B5-A

1 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc,

3 Pt100

XMX-IO-B8-A

1RO Form A (NO),

5DI 42–240 Vac input

XMX-IO-B9-A

LonWorks XMX-COM-C4-A

Option Kit

Description

Option Kit

Catalog

Number

FS4-branded N12/IP54 cover

with gasket, plastic plug, fans,

Eaton logos

FS4-N12KIT

FS5-branded N12/IP54 cover

with gasket, plastic plug, fans,

Eaton logos

FS5-N12KIT

FS6-branded N12/IP54 cover

with gasket, plastic plug, fans,

Eaton logos

FS6-N12KIT

31.3-6

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

H-Max Drives

126

Technical Data and Specifications

Table 31.3-6. H-Max Series Drives

Description Specification

Input Ratings

Input voltage (Vin) 200–240 Vac, 380–480 Vac, –10%/+10%

Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 47–66 Hz)

Connection to power Once per minute or less (typical operation)

Short-circuit withstand rating 100 kAIC

Output Ratings

Output voltage 0 to Vin/Uin line voltage in

Continuous output current Ambient temperature max. 104 °F (40 °C)

IL overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)

Overload current 110% (1 min./10 min.)

Initial output current 150% for 2 seconds

Output frequency 0 to 320 Hz

Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz

Control Characteristics

Control method Frequency control (V/f) open loop sensorless vector control

Switching frequency 1–310 A FS4–9: default 6 kHz

Frequency reference Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1%

Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz

Field weakening point 8 to 320 Hz

Acceleration time 0.1 to 3000 seconds

Deceleration time 0.1 to 3000 seconds

Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)

Ambient Conditions

Ambient operating temperature FS4–FS9: 14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C)

(Drive can operate at 122 °F (50 °C), see Pages 31.3-3 and 31.3-4)

Storage temperature –40 °F to +158 °F (–40 °C to +70 °C)

Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water

Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3C2; Mechanical particles: IEC 60721-3-3,

unit in operation, Class 3S2

Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m);

1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above 3280 ft (1000 m);

max. 9842 ft (3000 m); 380–480 V

Vibration FS4–FS9: EN 61800-5-1, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 150 Hz, displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak) at 5 to 15.8 Hz,

max. acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz

Shock EN 61800-5-1, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS weights)

Storage and shipping: max. 15G, 11 ms (in package)

Enclosure class NEMA Type 1/IP21 or NEMA Type 12/IP54 (keypad required for IP54/Type 12)

Standards

EMC Immunity: Fulfills all EMC immunity requirements;

Emissions: EN 61800-3, LEVEL H (EMC C2)

Emissions EMC level dependent—+EMC 2: EN61800-3 (2004) Category C2

Delivered with Class C2 EMC filtering as default.

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.3-7

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

H-Max Series Drives

H-Max Drives

127

Table 31.3-6. H-Max Series Drives (Continued)

Description Specification

Control Connections

Analog input voltage 0 to 10 V, R = 200 kohms differential

Resolution 0.1%; Accuracy ±1%

DIP switch selection (voltage/current)

Analog input current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri –250 ohms differential

Digital inputs (6) Positive or negative logic; 18 to 30 Vdc

Auxiliary voltage +24 V ±10%, max. 250 mA

Output reference voltage +10 V +3%, max. load 10 mA

Analog output 0–10 V, 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms;

Resolution 10 bit; Accuracy ±2%

DIP switch selection (voltage/current)

Relay outputs 3 programmable, 2 Form C, 1 Form A relay outputs

Switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A, 125 Vdc/0.4 A

Hard wire jumper Between terminal 6 and 10 factory default

DIP switch setting default RS-485 = off

A01 = current

A12 = current

A11 = voltage

Protections

Overcurrent protection Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously

Overvoltage protection Yes

DC bus regulation anti-trip Yes (accelerates or decelerates the load)

Undervoltage protection Yes

Earth fault protection Yes (in case of earth fault in motor or motor cable, only the frequency converter is protected)

Input phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the input phases are missing)

Motor phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the output phases are missing)

Overtemperature protection Yes

Motor overload protection Yes

Motor stall protection Yes

Motor underload protection Yes

Short-circuit protection Yes

Surge protection Yes (varistor input)

Conformed coated (varnished) boards Yes (prevents corrosion)

Seismic

OHSPD Special Seismic Certification Pre-Approved

31.3-8

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

H-Max Drives

128

Wiring Diagram

Figure 31.3-1. Control Input/Output, PID Application

Standards

■Digital inputs D1–D6, relay out,

analog in/out are freely programmed

■The user can assign a single input to

multiple functions

Includes

■Six digital input

■Two analog input

■One analog output

■Three relay output

■RS-485

■Ethernet (BACnet and Modbus)

Reliability

■Pretested components

■Conformal coated (varnished) boards

■40°C rated

■110% overload for one minute

■Eaton’s Electrical Services &

Systems national network of

AF drive specialists

Slot A

+10V

AI–1+

AI–2+

AI–2–

24V

out

GND

DIN1

DIN2

DIN3

24V

out

GND

DIN4

DIN5

DIN6

AO–1+

AO–1–

DATA-

Reference Output

Analog Input Voltage (Range 0–10 Vdc)

(can be programmed to current 4–20 mA)

Analog Output Common (Ground)

Analog Input Common

PI Setpoint or Feedback

Control Voltage Output (0.1A max.)

I/O Ground

START/STOP (Contact closed = start)

External Fault (Closed = fault)

Run Interlock Permissive IP Interlock

(Closed = OK)

DIN1–DIN6 Common

Control Voltage Output (0.1A max.)

I/O Ground

Fire Mode (Contact closed = fire mode)

Force Bypass (Contact closed = bypass)

DIN1–DIN6 Common

Output Frequency (0–20 mA)

Analog Output Common (Ground)

RS-485 DATA-

Speed Select 0–100% (Preset speed)

U (T1)

V (T2)

W (T3)

R+

R-

Three-Phase Input

Input

(Single-Phase not available)

Three-Phase

Output

Chopper

Optional

Resistor

TerminalFactory Default Signal

Resistor

Analog Input Current (Range 4–20 mA)

(can be programmed to voltage 0–10 Vdc)

PI Setpoint or Feedback

BDATA+

RO1 Bypass Run

RO2 Drive Run

RO3 Fault

24 Vdc/8A

250 Vac/8A

125 Vdc/0.4A

Relay Board 1

Default Signal

Slot B

Analog

RS-485 DATA+

AI1

OFFON

Current

Voltage

Factory

Jumper

COM

CMB

24 Vdc

Auxiliary Input Voltage

123456 78 910 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1930 A B

RS-485

Data–

RS-485

Data+

24 Vdc

AO1–AO1+COM

DI1–6

DI6DI5DI4GND24 Vdc

out

DI2DI1GND24 Vdc

out

AI2–AI2+AI1–AI1++10

Vdc

COM

DI1–6

DI3

RO1

22 23 24 25 26 32 33

RO1

COM

RO1

RO2

COM

RO2

RO3

COM

RO3

Slot D __________________

Slot E __________________

Terminal Block Layout

Factory Jumper

External Interlock

Circuit

Breaker

Optional

Motor

RJ-45

BACnet/IP Ethernet Industrial Protocol

Modbus/TCP Transmission Control Protocol (Ethernet Based)

5% DC Link

Reactor

RS-485

AO1

AI2

Programmable BACnet,

Modbus, FLN, N2

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.3-9

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

H-Max Drives

129

Dimensions—Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Figure 31.3-2. H-Max Series Frames FS4–FS7

Table 31.3-7. FS4–FS7 Dimensions and Weights

Figure 31.3-3. H-Max Series Frames FS8 and FS9

Table 31.3-8. FS8 and FS9 Dimensions and Weights

Note: For flange dimension, please reference User Manual.

Voltage hp kW Amperes D H1 Hole

Center-to-Center

H3 W1 W2 W3 Weight in

Lb (kg)

FS4

230 Vac

480 Vac

0.75–4

1.5 – 7. 5

0.55–3.0

1.1–5.5

3.7–12.5

3.4–12

7.77 (197.3)

12.89 (327.5)

12.32 (313.0)

11.22 (285.0)

5.04 (128.0)

3.94 (100.0)

13.2 (6)

FS5

230 Vac

480 Vac

5–10

10–20

4–7.5

7. 5 – 1 5

18–31

16–31

8.73 (221.6)

16.50 (419.0)

15.98 (406.0)

15.04 (382.0)

5.67 (144.0)

4.53 (115.0)

3.94 (100.0)

22.0 (10)

FS6

230 Vac

480 Vac

15–20

25–40

11 – 1 5

18.5–30

48–62

38–61

9.29 (236.0)

21.93 (557.0)

21.28 (540.5)

20.24 (514.0)

7.68 (195.0)

5.83 (148.0)

44.1 (20)

FS7

230 Vac

480 Vac

25–30

50–75

18.5–30

37–55

75–105

72–105

10.49 (266.5)

25.98 (660.0)

25.39 (645.0)

24.29 (617.0)

9.06 (230.0)

7.48 (190.0)

82.6 (37.5)

Voltage hp kW Amperes D H1 Hole

Center-to-Center

H3 W1 W2 W3 Weight in

Lb (kg)

FS8

230 Vac

480 Vac

50–75

100–150

37–55

75–110

140–205

13.76 (349.6)

38.02 (965.7)

37.26 (946.4)

11.42 (290.1)

9.29 (236.0)

1.42 (36.0)

154.3 (70)

FS9

230 Vac

480 Vac

100–120

200–250

75–90

132–160

261–310

14.63 (371.6)

33.09 (890.4)

31.89 (810.0)

18.90 (480.0)

15.75 (400.0)

1.57 (40.0)

238.1 (108)

H3 H1 H2

H3 H1

W1 W2

31.3-10

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

H-Max Drives

H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect

130

H-Max IntelliPass and

IntelliDisconnect

H-Max IntelliPass and

IntelliDisconnect Drives

General Description

The IntelliPass electronic bypass is a

two or optional three contactor design

using a 24 Vdc XT Series contactor

with an optional manual override

switch that allows the unit to run in

bypass without the H-Max Series drive.

The IntelliPass software parameters

use engineering units common to the

HVAC industry. Onboard startup wizard

guarantees flawless commissioning

with plug-and-play screen entry.

Available in NEMA Type 1 and 12

with optional pre-engineered operator

devices to meet all customized

specification requirements.

The IntelliPass construction features

allow for easy installation, reliable

operation and serviceability with

additional onboard wire space

and removable conduit plates

with knockouts.

Features and Benefits

IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect

■Circuit breaker provides flexible

drive isolation configurations to

meet customers’ needs

■Communication interface enables

control of the motor operated by the

drive or bypass

■Plenum rated

■Designed and tested to UL 508C

specifications

■Standard DC link choke for

enhanced transient and harmonic

distortion protection

■DC bus regulation anti-trip

■Input surge protection against

voltage spikes varistor input

■EMI/RFI filters standard on all drives

to meet EMC Category 2

■Top and bottom conduit entry for

installation ease

■Pass-through I/O capability

■Additional I/O and communication

cards provide plug and play

functionality

■Copy/paste keypad function allows

transfer of parameter settings from

one drive to the next. Also allows for

redundant storage of drive

settings in keypad as well as drive

for backup

■Optional fusing—fuse rating 200 kAIC

■Keypad can display up to nine moni-

tored parameters simultaneously

■OHSPD Special Seismic Certification

Pre-Approved

■Standard NEMA Type 12 keypad on

all drives

■Simplified operating menu allows

for typical programming changes

■Accommodates a wide selection of

expander boards and adapter

boards

■Control logic can be powered from

an external auxiliary control panel

■Standard I/O, 6 DI, 2 AI, 1 AO,

2 Form C RO, 1 Form A RO

■Onboard RS-485 (Modbus, N2,

FLN, BACnet)

■Built-in Ethernet communication

(BACnet/IP, Modbus/TCP)

■DB chopper standard frames

FS4–FS6 for USA application

❑1.5–40 hp, 2.1–52 A, 480 Vac

❑1–20 hp, 4.2–54 A, 230 Vac

❑1–20 hp, 4.6–60 A, 208 Vac

■Hard wired external/damper interlock

IntelliPass

■Fully rated, mechanically

interlocked contacts

■HAND/OFF/AUTO and DRIVE/

BYPASS selector on keypad

simplifies control

■Two power sources for control

ensure redundancy and provide

additional ride-through capability

■Self-healing power supplies

■Bypass circuit current interrupting

rating up to 65 kAIC without fusing

■Fully featured mechanically

interlocked bypass featuring

Eaton’s XT contactors

■Pre-engineered options to

allow custom configurations

(see option P150)

■Robust steel enclosure for simple

installation

■Programmable auto restart and

auto bypass while allowing critical

damper interlock functionality

Standards and Certifications

Product

■IEC 61800-5-1

■CE

■cUL

Safety

■UL 508C

■EN 61800-5-1

■CE

■cUL

■OHSPD Special Seismic Certification

Pre-Approved

Note: For specifications and options,

see H-Max (Pages 31.3-1 through 31.3-9).

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.3-11

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

H-Max Drives

HH-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect

131

Catalog Number Selection

Table 31.3-9. H-Max Series IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives Catalog Numbering System

1DB chopper standard frames FS4–FS6 for USA application. 1.5–40 hp, 2.1–52 A, 480 Vac; 1–20 hp, 4.2–54 A, 230 Vac; 1–20 hp, 4.6–60 A, 208 Vac.

Notes:

■IntelliPass—two contactor electronic bypass standard.

■All boards are varnished. Corrosion resistant.

■Battery included in all drives for real-time clock. Three year lifetime.

■Keypad kit includes HOA bypass.

■EMI/RFI filters included.

■DC link choke included.

Product

HMX = HVAC drive (VT)

(low overload)

Extended I/O Options in Slot D and E

B1 = 6 x DI /DO, Each digital input can be

individually programmed as digital output

B2 = 1RO (NC/NO), 1RO (NO), 1 Thermistor

B4 = 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated)

B5 =3 x RO

B8 = 1 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100

B9 = 1RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input

NEC Ampere Ratings

208 V

4D6 = 4.6 A—1 hp 1

7D5 = 7.5 A—2 hp 1

011 = 11 A—3 hp 1

017 = 17 A—5 hp 1

025 = 25 A—7.5 hp 1

031 = 31 A—10 hp 1

047 = 47 A—15 hp 1

060 = 60 A—20 hp 1

075 = 75 A—25 hp

088 = 88 A—30 hp

230 V

4D2 = 4.2 A—1 hp 1

6D8 = 6.8 A—2 hp 1

9D6 = 9.6 A—3 hp 1

016 = 16 A—5 hp 1

022 = 22 A—7.5 hp 1

028 = 28 A—10 hp 1

042 = 42 A—15 hp 1

054 = 54 A—20 hp 1

068 = 68 A—25 hp

080 = 80 A—30 hp

480 V

2D1 = 2.1 A—1 hp 1

3D4 = 3.4 A—2 hp 1

5D6 = 5.6 A—3 hp 1

7D6 = 7.6 A—5 hp 1

011 = 11 A—7.5 hp 1

014 = 14 A—10 hp 1

021 = 21 A—15 hp 1

027 = 27 A—20 hp 1

034 = 34 A—25 hp 1

040 = 40 A—30 hp 1

052 = 52 A—40 hp 1

065 = 65 A—50 hp

077 = 77 A—60 hp

096 = 96 A—75 hp

Enclosure Style

3= IntelliPass

NEMA Type 1

A= IntelliDisconnect

NEMA Type 1

Braking/Application

N= No brake chopper

(low overload)

B= Internal brake; chopper

(low overload

FS4–FS6 included)

Voltage

1=208 V

2=230 V

4=480 V

Software Series

A–Z

Keypad Options

None available

EMC Upgrade Option

EMC C2 Standard

IntelliDisconnect Options

P3 = Fused drive isolation

PE = Output contactor

SA = Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only)

Optional Communications in Slot D and E

C4 = LonWorks

IntelliPass Bypass Options

P3 = Fused drive isolation (can not be used with P6)

P6 = Third contactor drive isolation

PE = Output contactor (used for IntelliDisconnect)

M1 = Manual bypass switch located on front door

SA = Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only)

KF = Drive test switch (used only with P6 option)

L1 = Power on and fault light (two separate lights)

L2 = Bypass pilot light (red)

L3 = Manual bypass light (amber)

LE = Drive run light

K9 = Auxiliary contacts

IS = Isolation switch

Standard Onboard Communications

RS-485 Communications

BACnet MS/TP = Master slave/token protocol (Universal BACnet) RS-485

Modbus RTU RS-485, ASCII or RTU, remote terminal unit 32 nodes

FLN Siemens APOGEE FLN (P1) ASCII or RTU, remote terminal unit 32 nodes

N2 = Johnson Controls Metasys N2 network

Onboard Ethernet-Based Communications

(port left side of keypad)

BACnet/IP Ethernet industrial protocol

Modbus/TCP Transmission control protocol (Ethernet-based)

HMX 011 3 4 B A

Build options alphabetically and numerically.

31.3-12

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

H-Max Drives

H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect

132

Product Selection

Table 31.3-10. H-Max Series IntelliPass NEMA Type 1—

Two Contactor Bypass Standard

Table 31.3-11. H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 1—

Main Disconnect Standard

Note: For Wiring Diagrams, see Page 31.3-13.

FS Frame Size Horsepower Drive Rated

NEC Amperes

208 Vac

41.0

2.0

3.0

4.6

7. 5

10.6

55.0

7. 5

10.0

16.7

24.2

30.8

615.0

20.0

46.2

59.4

7 25.0

30.0

74.9

88.0

230 Vac

41.0

2.0

3.0

4.2

6.8

9.6

55.0

7. 5

10.0

15.2

22.0

28.0

615.0

20.0

42.0

54.0

7 25.0

30.0

68.0

80.0

480 Vac

41.0

2.0

3.0

2.1

3.4

5.6

5.0

7. 5

9.6

11. 0

510.0

15.0

20.0

14.0

21.0

27.0

6 25.0

30.0

40.0

34.0

40.0

52.0

7 50.0

60.0

75.0

65.0

77.0

96.0

FS Frame Size Horsepower Drive Rated

NEC Amperes

208 Vac

41.0

2.0

3.0

4.6

7. 5

11. 0

55.0

7. 5

10.0

17.0

25.0

31.0

615.0

20.0

47.0

60.0

7 25.0

30.0

75.0

88.0

230 Vac

41.0

2.0

3.0

4.2

6.8

9.6

55.0

7. 5

10.0

15.2

22.0

28.0

615.0

20.0

42.0

54.0

7 25.0

30.0

68.0

80.0

480 Vac

41.0

2.0

3.0

2.1

3.4

5.6

5.0

7. 5

9.6

11. 0

510.0

15.0

20.0

14.0

21.0

27.0

6 25.0

30.0

40.0

34.0

40.0

52.0

7 50.0

60.0

75.0

65.0

77.0

96.0

CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

31.3-13

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

H-Max Drives

H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect

133

Figure 31.3-4. H-Max Series IntelliPass

Figure 31.3-5. H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect Power Wiring

Bypass

Incoming Power

L1 L2 L3

Circuit

Breaker

To Drive Input

To Drive Output

U(T1)

L2 L3

Output

Contactor

V(T2)W(T3)

Motor

Bypass

Contactor

Overload

Relay

U(T1)

V(T2)

W(T3)

Optional Fuse

Drive Input

Contactor

Incoming Power

L1 L2 L3

Circuit

Breaker

Optional Fuse

To Drive Input

To Drive Output

Motor

U(T1)

V(T2)

W(T3)

U(T1)

Optional

Output

Contactor

V(T2)W(T3)

31.3-14

For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants CA08104001E

February 2016

Adjustable Frequency Drives—Low Voltage

Sheet 31

4 3

H-Max Drives

H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect

134

Dimensions—Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Figure 31.3-6. H-Max Series IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives

Note: Consult factory or use manual for final dimensions.

Table 31.3-12. IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions and Weights

Note: C distance is spacing required to mount multiple drives.

Frame

Size

Volta ge H orse powe r

(IL)

H1 H2 H3 H4 C W1 W2 W3 D1 D2 Weight in

Lb (kg)

FS4 208

230

480

1–3

1–7.5

29.69

(754.1)

37.12

(942.9)

0.25

(6.35)

31.00

(914.4)

3.00

(76.2)

7. 8 8

(200.2)

6.33

(160.8)

0.75

(19.1)

11. 4 0

(289.6)

9.27

(235.5)

45.0

(20.41)

FS5 208

230

480

5–10

10–20

37.00

(939.8)

34.47

(875.5)

0.25

(6.35)

38.31

(973.0)

3.00

(76.2)

9.40

(238.8)

7. 7 5

(196.9)

0.75

(19.1)

15.30

(388.6)

13.17

(334.6)

57.5 (26.10)

FS6 208

230

480

15–20

25–40

45.08

(1145.0)

40.28

(1023.1)

0.25

(6.35)

46.4

(1178.6)

4.00

(101.6)

10.90

(276.9)

9.35

(327.5)

0.75

(19.1)

15.75

(400.0)

13.62

(346.0)

98.0

(44.45)

FS7 208

230

480

25–30

50–75

58.32

(1481.3)

56.30

(1430.0)

0.25

(6.35)

59.46

(1510.3)

5.00

(127.0)

13.98

(355.1)

12.35

(313.7)

0.75

(19.1)

15.50

(393.7)

13.55

(244.2)

165.0

(74.84)

W2 W3

W1 H3

D3 D2

TB04000002E 1000498846 Catalog

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation